Upload
others
View
0
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
DEVELOPING A FRAMEWORK FOR
PLANNING HEALTHY COMMUNITIES: THE
LOGAN BEAUDESERT HEALTH DECISION
SUPPORT SYSTEM
Ori Gudes
B.A., M.A
Associate Professor Tan Yigitcanlar, Dr Virendra Pathak, and Professor Elizabeth
Kendall
Submitted in fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy
School of Urban Development
Faculty of Built Environment and Engineering
Queensland University of Technology
i
Developing a Framework for Planning Healthy Communities: The Logan Beaudesert Health Decision Support System i
Keywords
Healthy cities
Healthy communities
Health planning
Framework for health information
Collaborative planning
Collaborative health planning
Framework for developing healthy cities and communities
Participatory action research
Decision support systems
Geographic information systems
Decision-making impact
Content analysis
Evaluation
Queensland, Australia
Logan Beaudesert
Logan Beaudesert Health Coalition
ii
ii Developing a Framework for Planning Healthy Communities: The Logan Beaudesert Health Decision Support System
Abstract
In the last few decades, the focus on building healthy communities has grown
significantly (Ashton, 2009). There is growing evidence that new approaches to planning are
required to address the challenges faced by contemporary communities. These approaches
need to be based on timely access to local information and collaborative planning processes
(Murray, 2006; Scotch & Parmanto, 2006; Ashton, 2009; Kazda et al., 2009). However, there
is little research to inform the methods that can support this type of responsive, local,
collaborative and consultative health planning (Northridge et al., 2003).
Some research justifies the use of decision support systems (DSS) as a tool to support
planning for healthy communities. DSS have been found to increase collaboration between
stakeholders and communities, improve the accuracy and quality of the decision-making
process, and improve the availability of data and information for health decision-makers
(Nobre et al., 1997; Cromley & McLafferty, 2002; Waring et al., 2005). Geographic
information systems (GIS) have been suggested as an innovative method by which to
implement DSS because they promote new ways of thinking about evidence and facilitate a
broader understanding of communities. Furthermore, literature has indicated that online
environments can have a positive impact on decision-making by enabling access to
information by a broader audience (Kingston et al., 2001).
However, only limited research has examined the implementation and impact of online
DSS in the health planning field. Previous studies have emphasised the lack of effective
information management systems and an absence of frameworks to guide the way in which
information is used to promote informed decisions in health planning. It has become
imperative to develop innovative approaches, frameworks and methods to support health
planning. Thus, to address these identified gaps in the knowledge, this study aims to develop
a conceptual planning framework for creating healthy communities and examine the impact
of DSS in the Logan Beaudesert area. Specifically, the study aims to identify the key
elements and domains of information that are needed to develop healthy communities, to
develop a conceptual planning framework for creating healthy communities, to
collaboratively develop and implement an online GIS-based Health DSS (i.e., HDSS), and to
examine the impact of the HDSS on local decision-making processes. The study is based on a
iii
Developing a Framework for Planning Healthy Communities: The Logan Beaudesert Health Decision Support System iii
real-world case study of a community-based initiative that was established to improve public
health outcomes and promote new ways of addressing chronic disease. The study involved
the development of an online GIS-based health decision support system (HDSS), which was
applied in the Logan Beaudesert region of Queensland, Australia. A planning framework was
developed to account for the way in which information could be organised to contribute to a
healthy community. The decision support system was developed within a unique settings-
based initiative Logan Beaudesert Health Coalition (LBHC) designed to plan and improve the
health capacity of Logan Beaudesert area in Queensland, Australia. This setting provided a
suitable platform to apply a participatory research design to the development and
implementation of the HDSS. Therefore, the HDSS was a pilot study examined the impact of
this collaborative process, and the subsequent implementation of the HDSS on the way
decision-making was perceived across the LBHC.
As for the method, based on a systematic literature review, a comprehensive planning
framework for creating healthy communities has been developed. This was followed by using
a mixed method design, data were collected through both qualitative and quantitative
methods. Specifically, data were collected by adopting a participatory action research (PAR)
approach (i.e., PAR intervention) that informed the development and conceptualisation of the
HDSS. A pre- and post-design was then used to determine the impact of the HDSS on
decision-making.
The findings of this study revealed a meaningful framework for organising information
to guide planning for healthy communities. This conceptual framework provided a
comprehensive system within which to organise existing data. The PAR process was useful in
engaging stakeholders and decision-making in the development and implementation of the
online GIS-based DSS. Through three PAR cycles, this study resulted in heightened
awareness of online GIS-based DSS and openness to its implementation. It resulted in the
development of a tailored system (i.e., HDSS) that addressed the local information and
planning needs of the LBHC. In addition, the implementation of the DSS resulted in
improved decision- making and greater satisfaction with decisions within the LBHC. For
example, the study illustrated the culture in which decisions were made before and after the
PAR intervention and what improvements have been observed after the application of the
HDSS. In general, the findings indicated that decision-making processes are not merely
informed (consequent of using the HDSS tool), but they also enhance the overall sense of
iv
iv Developing a Framework for Planning Healthy Communities: The Logan Beaudesert Health Decision Support System
‗collaboration‘ in the health planning practice. For example, it was found that PAR
intervention had a positive impact on the way decisions were made. The study revealed
important features of the HDSS development and implementation process that will contribute
to future research. Thus, the overall findings suggest that the HDSS is an effective tool,
which would play an important role in the future for significantly improving the health
planning practice.
v
Developing a Framework for Planning Healthy Communities: The Logan Beaudesert Health Decision Support System v
Table of Contents
Keywords ................................................................................................................................................. i
Abstract................................................................................................................................................... ii
Table of contents .................................................................................................................................... v
List of figures ...................................................................................................................................... viii
List of tables ........................................................................................................................................... x
List of abbreviations ............................................................................................................................. xii
Statement of original authorship .......................................................................................................... xiv
Acknowledgments ................................................................................................................................ xv
Awards ................................................................................................................................................ xvii
List of publications ............................................................................................................................. xvii
Access to the health decision support system ...................................................................................... xix
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 1
1.1 Preview ........................................................................................................................................ 1
1.2 Background ................................................................................................................................. 1
1.3 Research outcomes ...................................................................................................................... 3 1.3.1 Aim, objectives, and research questions .......................................................................... 3
1.4 Overview of the study ................................................................................................................. 4
1.5 Research method ......................................................................................................................... 4
1.6 Research importance and significance ........................................................................................ 8
1.7 Summary ..................................................................................................................................... 8
CHAPTER 2: LITERATURE REVIEW ........................................................................................... 9
2.1 Preview ........................................................................................................................................ 9
2.2 Healthy cities and communities ................................................................................................... 9 2.2.1 Background ...................................................................................................................... 9 2.2.2 The use of evidence in health planning .......................................................................... 12 2.2.3 The use of collaboration in health planning ................................................................... 14 2.2.4 Challenges and opportunities ......................................................................................... 15
2.3 Collaborative health planning.................................................................................................... 15 2.3.1 Background .................................................................................................................... 15 2.3.2 Collaborative planning approaches ................................................................................ 16 2.3.3 Challenges and opportunities ......................................................................................... 19
2.4 Decision support systems .......................................................................................................... 19 2.4.1 Background .................................................................................................................... 19 2.4.2 Spatial decision support systems .................................................................................... 21 2.4.3 Online decision support systems .................................................................................... 22 2.4.4 The Australian context ................................................................................................... 23 2.4.5 Challenges and opportunities ......................................................................................... 25
2.5 Potential outcomes of decision support systems in health planning .......................................... 26
2.6 Summary ................................................................................................................................... 27
vi
vi Developing a Framework for Planning Healthy Communities: The Logan Beaudesert Health Decision Support System
CHAPTER 3: RESEARCH METHOD ........................................................................................... 29
3.1 Preview ...................................................................................................................................... 29
3.2 Overview ................................................................................................................................... 29
3.3 Case study ................................................................................................................................. 30
3.4 A framework for planning a healthy community ...................................................................... 32
3.5 Participatory action research ..................................................................................................... 34
3.6 Participatory action research intervention ................................................................................. 35 3.6.1 PAR cycle 1: introduction stage ..................................................................................... 37 3.6.2 PAR cycle 2: interaction stage ....................................................................................... 37 3.6.3 PAR cycle 3: trialling stage ............................................................................................ 39 3.6.4 Summary ........................................................................................................................ 42
3.7 Participatory action research intervention study ........................................................................ 42 3.7.1 Data collection ............................................................................................................... 43 3.7.2 Data analysis .................................................................................................................. 43
3.8 Decision-making impact study .................................................................................................. 44 3.8.1 Data collection ............................................................................................................... 44 3.8.2 Data analysis .................................................................................................................. 47
3.9 Reliability, validity and ethics ................................................................................................... 50
3.10 Summary ................................................................................................................................... 51
CHAPTER 4: PARTICIPATORY ACTION RESEARCH INTERVENTION ........................... 53
4.1 Preview ...................................................................................................................................... 53
4.2 Background ............................................................................................................................... 53
4.3 Introduction stage ...................................................................................................................... 55
4.4 Interaction Stage ........................................................................................................................ 55
4.5 Trialling stage ............................................................................................................................ 61 4.5.1 User satisfaction survey findings ................................................................................... 61
4.6 System design and architecture ................................................................................................. 66 4.6.1 System design ................................................................................................................ 66 4.6.2 System architecture ........................................................................................................ 67
4.7 Summary ................................................................................................................................... 67
CHAPTER 5: PARTICIPATORY ACTION RESEARCH INTERVENTION STUDY ............. 69
5.1 Preview ...................................................................................................................................... 69
5.2 Background ............................................................................................................................... 69
5.3 PAR cycle 1 ............................................................................................................................... 69
5.4 PAR cycle 2 ............................................................................................................................... 70
5.5 PAR cycle 3 ............................................................................................................................... 72
5.6 Content analysis-based findings ................................................................................................ 72
5.7 Summary ................................................................................................................................... 75
CHAPTER 6: DECISION-MAKING IMPACT STUDY ............................................................... 77
6.1 Preview ...................................................................................................................................... 77
6.2 Background ............................................................................................................................... 77
6.3 Decision-making survey findings .............................................................................................. 78 6.3.1 Pre-PAR intervention phase: survey findings ................................................................ 78
vii
Developing a Framework for Planning Healthy Communities: The Logan Beaudesert Health Decision Support System vii
6.3.2 Post-PAR intervention phase: survey findings ............................................................... 83 6.3.3 Comparison between pre and post-PAR intervention decision-making survey findings 88 6.3.4 Decision-making surveys: overall findings .................................................................... 90
6.4 Actual decision-making findings ............................................................................................... 90 6.4.1 Pre-PAR intervention phase: actual decision-making findings ...................................... 91 6.4.2 Post-PAR intervention phase: actual decision-making findings .................................... 98 6.4.3 Actual decision-making: overall findings .................................................................... 110
6.5 Summary ................................................................................................................................. 111
CHAPTER 7: DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSION ..................................................................... 113
7.1 Preview .................................................................................................................................... 113
7.2 Background ............................................................................................................................. 113
7.3 Review of the study objectives ................................................................................................ 114
7.4 Major findings ......................................................................................................................... 117 7.4.1 Overview ...................................................................................................................... 117 7.4.2 key elements and domains of information that are needed for developing healthy
communities ................................................................................................................. 117 7.4.3 A conceptual planning framework for creating healthy communities .......................... 117 7.4.4 Participatory action research Intervention .................................................................... 118 7.4.5 Decision-making impact study ..................................................................................... 119 7.4.6 Summary of major findings ......................................................................................... 121
7.5 Conclusion ............................................................................................................................... 124
7.6 Value and significance of the study ......................................................................................... 125
7.7 Limitations of the study ........................................................................................................... 126
7.8 Recommendations for future research ..................................................................................... 128
7.9 Summary ................................................................................................................................. 128
CHAPTER 8: BIBLIOGRAPHY ................................................................................................... 131
CHAPTER 9: APPENDICES ......................................................................................................... 137
9.1 Decision-making processes questionnaire ............................................................................... 137
9.2 User satisfaction questionnaire ................................................................................................ 140
9.3 HDSS corrections and updates report ...................................................................................... 142
9.4 Logbook .................................................................................................................................. 143
viii
viii Developing a Framework for Planning Healthy Communities: The Logan Beaudesert Health Decision Support System
List of Figures
Figure 1.1 The process of the online GIS-based DSS development ....................................................... 6
Figure 1.2 PAR cycles and the methodological tools developed in the study ........................................ 7
Figure 2.1. The six areas characterising a healthy community (WHO, 1997) ...................................... 10
Figure 2.2. Public health framework for health impact assessment and health profiling (derived from
Schulz & Northridge, 2004) .............................................................................................. 14
Figure 3.1. Logan Beaudesert location map ......................................................................................... 31
Figure 3.2. LBHC structure (the board and its six advisory groups) .................................................... 32
Figure 3.3. A conceptual framework for planning a healthy community (derived from World Health
Organisation 1997; Schulz & Northridge 2004) ............................................................... 33
Figure 3.4. Framework for developing the HDSS by using three PAR cycles ..................................... 36
Figure 4.1. HDSS process of development (PAR cycles) ..................................................................... 54
Figure 4.2. Service area accessibility function ..................................................................................... 59
Figure 4.3. Proximity analysis function ................................................................................................ 61
Figure 4.4. HDSS snapshot ................................................................................................................... 66
Figure 4.5. System architecture ............................................................................................................ 67
Figure 5.1. Introduction stage themes and concepts map (based on minutes from the LBHC board
meeting, April 2010) ......................................................................................................... 73
Figure 5.2. Interaction stage themes and concepts map (derived from Logbook items associated with the
interaction stage) .................................................................................................................. 74
Figure 5.3. Trailing stage themes and concepts map (derived from Logbook items associated with the
trialling stage) ................................................................................................................... 75
Figure 6.1. Themes and concepts map (derived from the pre-PAR intervention phase decision-making
survey) .............................................................................................................................. 82
Figure 6.2. Themes and concepts map (derived from the post-PAR intervention survey) ................... 87
Figure 6.3. Decision-making construct results pre-and post-PAR intervention phases ........................ 89
Figure 6.4. Thematic map of the board meeting (derived from the minutes of meeting conducted on the
08/05/2008) ....................................................................................................................... 92
Figure 6.5. Thematic map of the board meeting (derived from the minutes of meeting conducted on the
13/11/2008) ....................................................................................................................... 94
Figure 6.6. Thematic map of the board meeting (derived from the minutes of meeting conducted on the
14/05/2009) ....................................................................................................................... 95
Figure 6.7. Thematic map of the board meeting (derived from the minutes of meeting conducted on the
08/10/2009) ....................................................................................................................... 98
Figure 6.8. Thematic map of the board meeting (derived from the minutes of meeting conducted on the
11/03/2010) ..................................................................................................................... 100
Figure 6.9. Thematic map of the board meeting (derived from the minutes of meeting conducted on the
14/10/2010) ..................................................................................................................... 103
Figure 6.10. Thematic map of the board meeting (derived from the minutes of meeting conducted on the
10/02/2011) ..................................................................................................................... 106
ix
Developing a Framework for Planning Healthy Communities: The Logan Beaudesert Health Decision Support System ix
Figure 6.11. Thematic map of the board meeting (derived from the minutes of meeting conducted on the
09/06/2011) .................................................................................................................. 109
Figure 7.1. The spread-effect impact made by the HDSS .................................................................. 122
x
x Developing a Framework for Planning Healthy Communities: The Logan Beaudesert Health Decision Support System
List of Tables
Table 1.1 Methodological tools developed to address research questions .............................................. 7
Table 2.1 Elements of each level of collaboration (derived from Mattessich et al., 2001, p. 61) ......... 17
Table 3.1 User Satisfaction survey items (derived from Omar & Lascu, 1993, p.6) ............................ 40
Table 3.2 Questionnaire constructs connected to their associated items .............................................. 46
Table 3.3 Constructs of actual decision-making ................................................................................... 50
Table 4.1 Information items survey results........................................................................................... 56
Table 4.2 Features and functionalities selected by LBHC board members for the HDSS prototype ... 57
Table 4.3 Proposed workflow for accessibility function ...................................................................... 58
Table 4.4 Proposed workflow for proximity analysis function............................................................. 60
Table 4.5 Means, standard deviations and frequencies of responses to the five constructs of user
satisfaction survey (Importance) .......................................................................................... 62
Table 4.6 Means, standard deviations and frequencies of responses to the five constructs of user
satisfaction survey (Performance) ....................................................................................... 62
Table 4.7 Means, standard deviations and frequencies of responses to the 23 items of the user satisfaction
survey .................................................................................................................................. 63
Table 4.8 Correlation coefficients between weighted constructs and overall satisfaction item ............ 64
Table 6.1 Means, standard deviations and frequencies of responses to the five dimensions of decision-
making ................................................................................................................................. 79
Table 6.2 ANOVA results by LBHC initiatives pre-PAR intervention phase ...................................... 79
Table 6.3 Comparison of five constructs of decision-making processes with LBHC two major age groups
pre- PAR intervention phase ................................................................................................ 80
Table 6.4 Comparison of five constructs of decision-making processes with LBHC tenure groups pre-
PAR intervention phase ....................................................................................................... 80
Table 6.5 Means, standard deviations and frequencies of responses to the five dimensions of decision-
making processes post-PAR intervention phase .................................................................. 83
Table 6.6 ANOVA results by LBHC initiatives post-PAR intervention phase .................................... 83
Table 6.7 Comparison of five constructs of decision-making processes with LBHC two major age groups
post- PAR intervention phase .............................................................................................. 85
Table 6.8 Comparison of five constructs of decision-making processes with LBHC tenure groups post-
PAR intervention phase ....................................................................................................... 85
Table 6.9 Comparison between the means of five decision-making constructs (pre- and post-PAR
intervention) ......................................................................................................................... 89
Table 6.10 Summary of the actual decisions according to the three decision-making constructs (derived
from meeting conducted on the 08/05/2008) .................................................................... 92
Table 6.11 Summary of the actual decisions according to the three decision-making constructs (derived
from meeting conducted on the 13/11/2008) .................................................................... 94
Table 6.12 Summary of the actual decisions according to the three decision-making constructs (derived
from meeting conducted on the 14/05/2009) .................................................................... 96
Table 6.13 Summary of the actual decisions according to the three decision-making constructs (derived
from meeting conducted on the 08/10/2009) .................................................................... 98
xi
Developing a Framework for Planning Healthy Communities: The Logan Beaudesert Health Decision Support System xi
Table 6.14 Summary of the actual decisions according to the three decision-making constructs (derived
from meeting conducted on the 11/03/2010) ..................................................................... 101
Table 6.15 Summary of the actual decisions according to the three decision-making constructs (derived
from meeting conducted on the 14/10/2010) ..................................................................... 104
Table 6.16 Summary of the actual decisions according to the three decision-making constructs (derived
from meeting conducted on the 10/02/2011) ..................................................................... 107
Table 6.17 Summary of the actual decisions according to the three decision-making constructs (derived
from meeting conducted on the 09/06/2011) ..................................................................... 109
Table 6.18 pre- and post-PAR intervention phases summary of decisions by the three decision-making
constructs ........................................................................................................................... 111
Table 7.1 Data collection tools used to achieve the study objectives ................................................. 115
Table 7.2 Summary of literature review findings and empirical tools developed to address study
objectives ........................................................................................................................... 116
Table 7.3 Theoretical and empirical outcomes of HDSS framework for planning healthy cities and
communities based on research component ....................................................................... 123
xii
xii Developing a Framework for Planning Healthy Communities: The Logan Beaudesert Health Decision Support System
List of Abbreviations
ABS Australian Bureau of Statistics
ANOVA Analysis of Variance
ARC Australian Research Council
ArcGIS Server ArcGIS Server is the a server-based GIS software made by ESRI
ARHPC Adelaide Recommendations on Healthy Public Policy
BMI Body Mass Index
CNAHS Central Northern Adelaide Health Service
CRC-SI Cooperative Research Centre for Spatial Information
DOHWA Department of Health in Western Australia
DSS Decision Support System
ESRI Environmental Systems Research Institute
GIS Geographic Information System
GISCA The National Centre for Social Application of Geographical
Information
GP General Practitioner
HDSS Health Decision Support System
HREC Human Research Ethics Committee
ICT Information Communication Technology
KPIs Key Programme Indicators
LBHC Logan Beaudesert Health Coalition
LEXIMANCER Themes Analysis Tool
MAIGIS Multi-Agency Geographic Information Service
MCC Melbourne City Council
NGOs Non-Governmental Organisations
NHHRC National Health and Hospitals Reform Commission
NHMRC National Health and Medical Research Council
ODSS Online Decision Support System
OHDSS Online Health Decision Support System
OHP Optimal Health Programme
PAR Participatory Action Research
PBI Place-Based Initiative
QH Queensland Health
QUT Queensland University of Technology
SDE Spatial Database Engine
SDH Social Determinants of Health
xiii
Developing a Framework for Planning Healthy Communities: The Logan Beaudesert Health Decision Support System xiii
SDSS Spatial Decision Support System
SEIFA Socio-Economic Indexes for Areas
SLA Statistical Local Area
SPSS Statistical Package for Social Science
SQL Structured Query Language
WHO World Health Organisation
xiv
xiv Developing a Framework for Planning Healthy Communities: The Logan Beaudesert Health Decision Support System
Statement of Original Authorship
The work contained in this thesis has not been previously submitted to meet
requirements for an award at this or any other higher education institution. To the best of my
knowledge and belief, the thesis contains no material previously published or written by
another person except where due reference is made.
Signature: _________________________
Date: _________________________
xv
Developing a Framework for Planning Healthy Communities: The Logan Beaudesert Health Decision Support System xv
Acknowledgments
I would like to take this opportunity to thank those who have supported me throughout
my thesis journey, and provided assistance in numerous ways. Without this support, this
thesis definitely would not have been possible. Firstly, I would sincerely like to thank my
supervisory team: Associate Professor Tan Yigitcanlar, Professor Elizabeth Kendall, and Dr
Virendra Pathak. Not only have they taught me the necessary skills to be a good researcher,
they have patiently and constantly contributed time and effort to enlighten the complexity
involved in my PhD study. Thus, I am grateful for their responsiveness and guidance which
were vital components towards completion of this study.
I would also like to thank my PhD colleagues in QUT and Griffith University who
assisted me in several occasions, and their help is greatly appreciated. Also, I would like to
thank my friends back home in Israel and elsewhere, who always provided useful suggestions
and ideas when necessary. Special gratitude is also extended to the Logan Beaudesert Health
Coalition, members of which kindly participated in my study and supported me throughout
the study. Sincere thanks also go to staff at Griffith Enterprise and Scholarly Information &
Research Centre who provided exceptional support to make the HDSS a reality. Importantly,
this study would not have been possible without the financial support (i.e., tuition fee waiver
scholarship) from Queensland University of Technology, and my role as a research fellow
and GIS specialist at Griffith University.
Finally, but foremost, I would like to express my gratitude to my family: Edna Gudes,
Jacob Gudes, Yaron Gudes, Ronit Gudes, and my wife Yael Berger-Gudes, who have
unconditionally and endlessly supported me throughout this long PhD journey; I would not
have completed the PhD study without you, I love you. On a personal note, I would like to
dedicate my thesis to a friend who is not with us anymore, Uri Fridman, who taught me the
values of dedication and commitment for your own goal.
xvi
xvi Developing a Framework for Planning Healthy Communities: The Logan Beaudesert Health Decision Support System
Mapping is fundamental to the process of lending order to the world...
(Rundstrom, 1990)
xvii
Developing a Framework for Planning Healthy Communities: The Logan Beaudesert Health Decision Support System xvii
Awards
The HDSS project won the Queensland Spatial Excellence Awards under the Research
and Innovation category for 2011.
List of publications
Book chapters
Gudes, Ori, Kendall, Elizabeth, Yigitcanlar, Tan, Hoon Han, Jung, & Pathak, Virendra
(2011) Developing a competitive city through healthy decision-making. In Melih, Bulu
(Ed.) City Competitiveness and Improving Urban Subsystems: Technologies and
Applications. IGI Global, USA.
Yigitcanlar, Tan & Gudes, Ori (2008) Web-based public participatory GIS. In Adam,
Frédéric & Humphreys, Patrick (Eds.) Encyclopaedia of Decision Making and Decision
Support Technologies. IGI Global Publishing, Hershey, Pa, pp. 969-976.
Non Peer reviewed conference papers
Gudes, Ori, Kendall, Elizabeth, Yigitcanlar, Tan, & Pathak, Virendra (2011) Online
geographic information systems for improving health planning practice: lessons learned
from the case study of Logan Beaudesert, Australia. In URISA GIS in Public Health
2011, Atlanta, Georgia, USA.
Peer reviewed conference papers
Gudes, Ori, Yigitcanlar, Tan, Kendall, Elizabeth & Pathak, Virendra (2011) A knowledge-
based approach: the way healthy communities make decisions. In The Fourth Knowledge
Cities World Summit (KCWS) 2011, Bento Goncalves - Brazil.
Gudes, Ori, Pathak, Virendra, Kendall, Elizabeth, & Yigitcanlar, Tan (2011) Thinking
spatially, acting collaboratively: a GIS-based health decision support system for
improving the collaborative health-planning practice. In Traver, Vicente, Fred, Ana,
Filipe, Joaquim, & Gamboa, Hugo (Eds.) Proceedings of the HEALTHINF 2011:
International Conference on Health Informatics, SciTePress - Science and Technology
Publications, Rome, pp. 148-155.
Gudes, Ori, Kendall, Elizabeth, Yigitcanlar, Tan, & Pathak, Virendra (2010) Knowledge-
based approach for planning healthy cities: the case of Logan Beaudesert, Australia. In
The Third Knowledge Cities World Summit (KCWS) 2010, Melbourne - Australia.
Gudes, Ori, Yigitcanlar, Tan, Tal, Yoav, & Bar-Lavi, Yaakov (2009) Innovative cartography
standards for Web-GIS portals: case study of the 'Survey of Israel's' Web-GIS Portal. In
xviii
xviii Developing a Framework for Planning Healthy Communities: The Logan Beaudesert Health Decision Support System
Proceeding of the International Federation of Surveyors (FIG) Working Week 2009
Surveyors Key Role in Accelerated Development, 3-8 May 2009, Dan Eilat Hotel, Eilat.
Gudes, Ori, Yigitcanlar, Tan, & Pathak, Virendra (2009) A community health support system
for the planning of healthy cities. In (Ed.) Infrastructure Research Theme Postgraduate
Student Conference 2009, 26 March 2009, Queensland University of Technology,
Brisbane.
Journal papers
Gudes, Ori, Kendall, Elizabeth, Yigitcanlar, Tan, Pathak, Virendra, & Scott, Baum (2010).
Rethinking health planning: a framework for organising information to underpin
collaborative health planning. Health Information Management Journal, 39(2), pp. 18-
29.
Han, Jung Hoon, Sunderland, Naomi, Kendall, Elizabeth, Gudes, Ori, & Henniker, Garth
(2010). Chronic disease, geographic location and socioeconomic disadvantage as
obstacles to equitable access to e-health. Health Information Management Journal,
39(2), pp. 30-36.
Baum, Scott, Kendall, Elizabeth, Muenchberger, Heidi, Gudes, Ori, & Yigitcanlar, Tan
(2010). Geographical information systems: an effective planning and decision-making
platform for community health coalitions in Australia. Health Information Management
Journal, 39(3), pp. 28-33
xix
Developing a Framework for Planning Healthy Communities: The Logan Beaudesert Health Decision Support System xix
Access to the health decision support system
The HDSS can be accessed by using the following link:
http://gis03.rcs.griffith.edu.au/HDSS/HDSSViewer/index.html
User name / email: examiner password: HDSS
Access to the HDSS support channel: http://www.youtube.com/user/MyHDSS
xx
xx Developing a Framework for Planning Healthy Communities: The Logan Beaudesert Health Decision Support System
1
Chapter 1: Introduction
Chapter 1: Introduction
1.1 PREVIEW
Chapter 1 introduces this PhD study and provides its storyline. It outlines the
background and the problem statement of the study, aim and objectives, research questions,
overview of the study, method and design, importance and significance.
1.2 BACKGROUND
In the last few decades, the focus on building healthy communities has grown
significantly. This trend is the result of an international initiative (i.e., healthy cities1
movement) to create the broad conditions that contribute to health rather than continuing to
treat burgeoning levels of disease. As part of these efforts, the process of developing healthy
communities has become an important focus for health planners. There is growing evidence
that new approaches to planning are required. These approaches need to be based on timely
use of local information, collaborative health planning and the engagement of the
communities in decision-making (Murray, 2006; Scotch & Parmanto, 2006; Ashton, 2009;
Kazda et al., 2009).
The National Health Survey of 2008 (ABS, 2008) reported that 1 in 4 Australian adults
smoked regularly and 15.3% consumed alcohol at a rate that would be highly risky to their
health. For people over 18 years, 60% of were classified as overweight according to a self-
reported Body Mass Index (BMI), and growing numbers of people consume inadequate fruit
or vegetable. There was significant evidence that these risk indicators had worsened since the
2008 survey. Evidently, risk indicators in the Logan Beaudesert area were considered higher
than the Australian average (Kendall et al., 2007). The cost of chronic disease to society
remains significant and current management and planning methods do not appear to be
having sufficient impact to address these issues (Gudes et al., 2010). Consequently, new
methods of collaborative health planning are seen as being important for progressing health
planning to address chronic issues in society.
1 The ‗healthy cities movement‘ is hereafter referred to as ‗healthy communities‘ when appropriate to do so. However, the
distinction between these elements is acknowledged. The ‗healthy communities‘ term is used more commonly in the USA
than the ‗healthy cities‘ term which pertains to the specific framework designed by the World Health Organisation (WHO).
2
Chapter 1: Introduction
One response by the Logan Beaudesert community has been the establishment of
collaboration among Griffith University, Queensland University of Technology, Queensland
Health, Logan City Council, and Scenic Rim City Council, to promote new ways of
addressing chronic diseases. This collaborative secured an Australian Research Council
(ARC) funded project entitled ‗Coalitions for Community Health: A Community-based
Response to Chronic Disease‘ which was held in the Logan Beaudesert area during 2007-
2011. The aim of this ARC project was to examine the effectiveness of the community health
coalition to improve the management of chronic conditions within a particular community
(Logan Beaudesert). Within the ARC project, this PhD focuses on planning for healthy
communities. Specifically this study focuses on the type of information required to plan for
health communities. It then uses participatory processes to develop an online GIS-based DSS
to facilitate informed decision-making among health planners. Then, the study examines the
impact of this tool on decision-making.
In recent years, a few health community initiatives have emerged. For example,
community and university research collaboration has become a major strategic theme of
health funding agencies in Canada and elsewhere (Buckeridge et al., 2002). The literature
suggests that the involvement of affected local stakeholders in planning improves the ability
to address health inequalities (Kirsten & Rushton, 2009). However, there is little research in
relation to the methods that support this type of responsive, local, collaborative and
consultative approach to health planning (Northridge et al., 2003). Thus, in order to address
questions of interest and overcome health problems, the literature emphasises that more
attention should be directed to the development of adequate information tools and strategies
(Kirsten & Rushton, 2009).
Some research justifies the use of decision support systems (DSS) in planning for
healthy communities. DSS have been found to increase collaboration between stakeholders
and communities, improve the accuracy and quality of decision-making processes, and
improve the availability of data and information for health decision-makers (Nobre et al.,
1997; Cromley & McLafferty, 2002, Waring et al., 2005). Geographic Information Systems
(GIS) have been suggested as an innovative way of implementing DSS. GIS provides access
to spatial and visual information which subsequently enables a new way of thinking about
health. Research indicates that online DSS have a positive impact on decision-making by
enabling access for a broader audience (Kingston et al., 2001). The literature stresses that
improvements in data storage and information processing have increased the capacity of
3
Chapter 1: Introduction
organisations and have made the cost of specific software, licensing, and hardware
manageable. Thus, it is possible now more than ever before for decision-makers and
communities to make use of information tools through online environments in health
planning.
However, very limited research has been conducted in this area to date, especially in
terms of evaluating the impact of DSS on stakeholders and decision-makers. Previous studies
emphasise that due to the lack of effective information systems and an absence of
frameworks for making informed decisions in health planning, it has become imperative to
develop innovative frameworks and tools in health planning practice (Higgs & Gould 2001).
The following knowledge gaps have been identified in the health planning literature (National
Health and Hospitals Reform Commission, 2008; Kazda et al., 2009):
Lack of methods to develop DSS tools in a collaborative manner;
Lack of knowledge about GIS applications for decision-makers in the health
planning field;
Lack of focus on the usage of geographical information;
Lack of frameworks for organising information; and
Lack of knowledge about the potential impact of DSS on decision-making
processes.
This represents a serious gap in the knowledge required for improving health planning
to create healthy communities. The current study aims to address this gap in the theory, by
using a case study of local health coalition (i.e., Logan Beaudesert Health Coalition) involved
in the development and use of online GIS-based DSS for decision-making.
1.3 RESEARCH OUTCOMES
1.3.1 AIM, OBJECTIVES, AND RESEARCH QUESTIONS
The study aims to develop a conceptual planning framework for creating healthy
communities and examining the impact of DSS in the Logan Beaudesert. To achieve this aim,
the following objectives were identified:
To identify the key elements and domains of information that are needed to
develop healthy communities;
To develop a conceptual planning framework for creating healthy communities;
4
Chapter 1: Introduction
To collaboratively develop and implement an online GIS-based Health DSS (i.e.,
HDSS); and
To examine the impact of the HDSS on local decision-making processes.
The study, therefore, addresses the following research questions:
What information is needed to develop healthy communities?
How is an HDSS (online GIS-based health DSS) developed and implemented?
How do end-users respond to HDSS (i.e., user satisfaction)?
What impact can an HDSS have on decision-making processes (i.e., the way
evidence, consensus, and participation have been perceived)?
1.4 OVERVIEW OF THE STUDY
The structure of this thesis systematically addresses these research questions. First,
Chapter 2 examines the literature on healthy communities and collaborative planning. It
highlights the problems associated with current health planning approaches and argues the
need for new health planning frameworks and tools. The chapter explores the potential of
DSS in health planning, and discusses the challenges and opportunities created by online
GIS-based DSS. Chapter 3 develops an appropriate research design, and a conceptual
framework for the study. It describes the case study site, data collection and analysis
methods. Chapter 4 involves the application of a collaborative planning approach (i.e.,
Participatory Action Research [PAR]) to develop an online GIS-based DSS. It describes the
design, development and implementation process which was undertaken. Chapter 5 examines
three PAR cycles (i.e., PAR intervention) executed to develop and implement the system. It
discusses issues of impotence to stakeholders and decision-makers during the process of
HDSS development and implementation. Chapter 6 reports on how decisions were made
before and after the PAR intervention. In addition, it explores stakeholders and decision-
makers perceptions of decision-making. Finally, the findings are evaluated and discussed in
Chapter 7, and conclusions are drawn.
1.5 RESEARCH METHOD
This study is based on a conceptualisation of the current literature which produced a
planning framework including a model of health information to guide the development of the
online GIS-based DSS. A case study design is used to examine the partial application of this
5
Chapter 1: Introduction
conceptual framework (see section 3.4) to the development and implementation of an online
GIS-based DSS within a specific region (i.e., Logan Beaudesert). Specifically, the study
focuses on the decision-making of a local coalition of health planners (i.e., LBHC) who were
engaged in a healthy communities‘ initiative.
Participatory Action Research (PAR) is used to facilitate the collaborative development
and implementation of the online GIS-based DSS. PAR was seen as an appropriate design for
this study given that it engages end-users in the generation of initiatives that affect their lives.
This feature is considered critical to the process of developing and implementing a
meaningful method for health planning. The PAR intervention involved three iterative cycles
designed to: 1) raise awareness, 2) design and develop an online GIS-based DSS, and 3)
implement and trial the system. PAR cycle 1 (introduction stage) aimed to increase GIS
awareness within the LBHC; PAR cycle 2 (interaction stage) aimed to design and develop the
online GIS-based DSS system; and PAR Cycle 3 (trialling stage) aimed to implement the
system and understand its usage. Continuous measurement occurred during the PAR process
or PAR intervention (i.e., a Logbook of interactions with stakeholders; survey of information
priorities, workshops to collect opinions about features, functionality and health scenarios,
survey of user satisfaction and usage statistics). The purpose of this data collection was to
examine the process of developing the online GIS-based DSS and to understand the
perceptions of key stakeholders and decision-makers as they implemented and used the
system.
A pre- and post design was used to examine the impact of the online GIS-based DSS on
decision-making within the LBHC. Two waves of data collection (i.e., pre-and post-PAR
intervention) were used to explore and understand decision-making before and after the PAR
intervention. Quantitative methods (i.e., questionnaires) were used to examine the perceptions
of LBHC members about the decisions made by the coalition. In line with existing research in
this area, the study focuses on the extent to which decisions were based on evidence,
participation and consensus. Questionnaires also measured the satisfaction of members with
information used to underpin decisions and the importance of decisions. Qualitatively,
observational data were used to examine the way in which actual decisions were made by
decision-makers in the LBHC (i.e., LBHC board members). Qualitative data were analysed
using content analysis to reveal the most frequently occurring concepts and issues. Where
appropriate, Leximancer was used to assist in the analysis. Quantitative data were analysed
using SPSS 19. T-tests were used to examine the changes in decision-making over time.
6
Chapter 1: Introduction
Independent samples were used rather than a longitudinal design to control for the significant
attrition in the LBHC population and membership over time. Figure 1.1 provides broad
information about the process of the online GIS-based DSS development. It illustrates the
broad process that was adopted in this study to develop the HDSS. The first stage focused on
identifying health information items based on comprehensive literature review and feedback
attained by users. The second stage consisted of collaboratively designing the system by
adopting a PAR approach (i.e., PAR intervention). The third stage involved evaluation of the
system and its observed impact on decision-making. The last stage involved refinement and
improvement of the system based on users‘ feedback.
Identify health information items
Collaboratively design and implement a solution (i.e., HDSS) using PAR approach
Evaluate the solution and its impact
(does it meet the users’ needs?)
Refinement of the HDSS(Refine and improve the tool)
Figure 1.1 The process of the online GIS-based DSS development
Figure 1.2 provides specific information about the PAR intervention. It illustrates the
three PAR cycles (i.e., PAR intervention) and the methodological tools that have been
developed to systematically address the research questions. In summary, the system was a
pilot study that enabled examination of the initial impact of collaboratively developing this
tool, and its subsequent implementation of the way decision-making was perceived and made
across the LBHC.
7
Chapter 1: Introduction
Figure 1.2 PAR cycles and the methodological tools developed in the study
Table 1.1 illustrates how these methods relate to the research questions and how
specific method tools were developed to address research questions.
Table 1.1 Methodological tools developed to address research questions
Data collection tools /
Methods
Research question
What
information is
needed to
develop healthy
communities?
How is an
HDSS (online
GIS-based
health DSS)
developed and
implemented?
How do end-users respond
to HDSS (i.e., user
satisfaction)?
What impact can an
HDSS have on
decision-making
processes (i.e., the
way evidence,
consensus, and
participation have
been perceived)?
Literature review
Case study
PAR intervention in
three cycles
Logbook
Decision-making
surveys
Observational data of
actual decision-making
8
Chapter 1: Introduction
1.6 RESEARCH IMPORTANCE AND SIGNIFICANCE
The study aims to make a significant contribution to the health planning literature and
body of knowledge in the following areas:
Theoretical – Broadly, this study improves understanding of the complex planning
processes required to develop healthy communities in Australia. In particular, this study
suggests theoretical and technical directions to develop a framework for improving the way
decisions are made in the health planning field.
Practical – Only a few literature studies indicate that DSS has been successfully
employed in health planning initiatives. Currently, there is no DSS that is effectively able to
improve decision-making processes for the planning of healthy communities in Australia.
Therefore, the results of this research are unique. The conceptual framework, approaches and
methodological tools used in this study can contribute to Australian health planning outcomes
by improving decision-making processes, increasing collaboration between stakeholders and
thereby improving health care services for the communities. The method used to collect and
analyse the data in the Logan Beaudesert can be transferred to other regions within Australia,
and thus contribute to the development of healthy communities. In summary, this study has
established a new line of knowledge to guide the future use and development of DSS within
the health planning field.
1.7 SUMMARY
The chapter introduced the required background and problem statement of the study.
Subsequently, the aim, study objectives and research questions were drawn. Finally, the
research overview and methods scope were provided, and the importance and significance of
this study were highlighted.
9
Chapter 2: Literature Review
Chapter 2: Literature Review
2.1 PREVIEW
Chapter 2 provides a comprehensive literature review of the study topic. The literature
review covers the extant literature on all the required aspects of the study objectives.
Amongst the discussed topics are the healthy cities approach, collaborative planning, decision
supports systems, and its potential outcomes in decision-making processes. This, in turn,
formed the knowledge base required for the study.
2.2 HEALTHY CITIES AND COMMUNITIES
2.2.1 BACKGROUND
In many cities around the world, the cost of health to society will significantly increase
within the next few decades (Anderson et al., 2006). Varying responses have emerged
regarding the best way to address rising health costs, one of which is the healthy cities
initiative. This initiative was officially introduced in 1986 by Ilona Kickbusch at a conference
of the World Health Organisation (WHO) in Copenhagen, Denmark (WHO, 1999). The most
commonly used definition of a healthy city is as follows: “One that is continually creating
and improving those physical and social environments and strengthening those community
resources which enable people to mutually support each other in performing all the functions
of life and achieving their maximum potential” (Flynn, 1996, p. 300).
Defining a healthy city is vital for planning purposes so that health planners are clear
about the preferred outcomes. In this regard, Duhl and Sanchez (1999) defined a list of
fundamental characteristics that would need to occur to create a healthy city and community:
a commitment to health, strategic planning that promotes health, intersectoral action, public
participation in health, innovation and healthy public policy. Figure 2.1 illustrates these six
characteristics of a healthy city and community (WHO, 1997). Adoption of these
characteristics may lead to the emergence of a healthy city or healthy community. In this
regard, the WHO (1997) has described a range of attributes or qualities that should be evident
in a healthy city and community, amongst them: high health status, appropriate health,
supplying basic needs, high quality of physical environment, innovative city economy, access
to resources, high degree of participation, community support, and encouragement of
connectedness.
10
Chapter 2: Literature Review
Health public
policy Innovation Community
participation
Intersectoral
action
Political
decision-making
Commitment to
health
High health status
Appropriate health
Basic needs
Quality of
environment
Innovative city
economy
Access to variety of
resources
High degree of
participation
Supportive
community
Encouragement of
connectedness
High degree of
participation
Access to variety of
resources
Encouragement of
connectedness
Encouragement of
connectedness
High health status
Sustainable
ecosystem
Basic needs
Quality of
environment
Area o
f resu
lts
Healt
h o
utc
om
es
Qu
alitie
s
Figure 2.1. The six areas characterising a healthy community (WHO, 1997)
In order to plan effectively for healthy communities, it is necessary to revive the
historic collaboration between urban planning and public health professionals, and together
conduct informed decision-making (Northridge et al., 2003). In other words, health-planning
efforts must focus on the creation of structures and processes that actively work to dismantle
existing health inequalities and create economic, political, and social equality (Schulz &
Northridge, 2004).
Although more than 20 years have passed since the initiation of the healthy cities
movement, there is some evidence that it has not yet achieved its full potential (Ashton,
2009). However, the founder of the healthy cities movement (i.e., Kickbusch) recently called
for a renewal of the commitment (Ashton, 2009), on the basis that the urban agenda has
become more relevant. Trends such as rapid urbanisation, unsustainable development, and
global warming have highlighted the focus of urban health. Towns, cities and communities
committed to promoting health and sustainability now face two key challenges: how to move
health promotion from the margins to the mainstream; and how to integrate multiple forms of
information and sectors in such a way that planning can contribute to the development of
healthy communities (Dooris, 1999).
The promotion of ‗healthy‘ public policy has been noted as being central to the healthy
cities approach (Flynn, 1996). However, the healthy cities concept necessitates planning that
moves beyond current approaches. It requires planning that focuses on the whole community
11
Chapter 2: Literature Review
and the promotion of health, rather than being confined to the development of responses to
one or more specific health problems based on a narrow body of knowledge. Healthy cities
are based on models of city governance in which public authorities recognise the need to
work with and support a range of actors who are either fully committed to health or play a
significant role in contributing to the conditions that promote health (WHO, 1999). Thus, the
healthy cities concept suggests the need to restructure health decision-making processes, by
shifting power to the local level and basing decisions on a localised but comprehensive body
of knowledge. Planning for healthy communities requires collaboration between different
groups in the community that can contribute to health-promoting conditions, such as local
government, community organisations, universities, private organisations, and health
services. Hence, decision-makers and stakeholders must be able to formulate health-planning
if they are to promote healthy cities policies that are more comprehensive.
To develop a health plan in a certain city, it is imperative to establish a vision of the
city and to understand its strengths and weaknesses. For instance, the WHO (1997) stated that
health plans should be based on a good understanding and knowledge of community needs.
For example, the city of Kuching in Malaysia conducted a survey that asked people to list
their five likes and dislikes of the city (WHO, 1999). This method of consultation often leads
to a long-term health plan with priorities that are already integrated in accordance with
community needs. Indeed, Northridge et al. (2003) argued that collaboration between urban
planners and public health practitioners may be essential to achieve the type of planning that
would lead to a healthy city.
A growing number of case studies show how city authorities have developed innovative
and successful solutions to address health and environmental problems. For instance, the city
of Belo Horizonte, Brazil, developed a participative budgeting approach, which allows for a
higher level of involvement from citizens in setting priorities for municipal investments
(WHO, 1999). Another example is that of the city of Cali, Columbia, where a set of
municipal programmes were launched to improve housing conditions, reduce poverty, and
improve environmental conditions. These programmes occurred with the full cooperation of
the city‘s authorities, non-governmental organisations (NGOs), and the Catholic Church
(WHO, 1999). Consequently, with good health management and awareness of a city‘s health
capacity that is integrated with a public participatory approach, cities can become healthy
places (WHO, 1999). The healthy cities approach represented a new vision for cities as part
of a global community, and was seen as a potential driver for change that was so desperately
12
Chapter 2: Literature Review
needed (Ashton, 2009). As urban planners work at the interface between the built
environment and social context (applying the knowledge of social science and urban design
to generate the physical configurations of cities), it is believed that stronger collaborations
between urban planners and public health practitioners may prove effective in designing and
planning for healthy communities (Northridge et al., 2003).
The healthy city approach is based on the process of building health, not just the
eventual outcome. A Healthy City and community is committed to health and has the
structures in place to work towards further improvements (WHO, 1997). Current research has
shown that the greatest likelihood of successful health outcomes has been achieved through a
process that facilitates the engagement and ownership of multiple parties (stakeholders,
community members, local authorities) (Scotch & Parmanto, 2006). Furthermore, the process
of health planning decision-making should be based on a structured model that draws
together multiple forms of knowledge, and increases the possibility of coherent localised and
responsive solutions (Scotch & Parmanto, 2006).
In terms of the process involved in creating a healthy city and community, Flynn (1996)
suggested the following steps: establishing a broad structure for the community, encouraging
community participation, assessing community needs, establishing priorities and strategic
plans, soliciting political support, taking local action, and evaluating progress. Despite the
presence of these guidelines for creating healthy cities and communities, there is little
consensus about how health planning can best contribute to the process (Duhl & Sanchez,
1999). Thus, the importance of the healthy cities approach is measured by its capacity to
encourage collaborative decision-making which is based on use of evidence, participation and
consensus, and then transferred into informed actions.
2.2.2 THE USE OF EVIDENCE IN HEALTH PLANNING
One of the reasons that health planning has not been able to contribute to the healthy
cities movement is that there are no models to define the type of information that must be
collected for the use of health planners, and there is no method for sharing this information in
a meaningful form. The literature emphasises that health planners were focused on narrow
data (e.g., diseases ratio, number of hospitalisations etc.); however, this data led to planning
for diseases not for health. As Flynn (1996) stated every community is unique with different
physical, social, political, and cultural contexts that must be understood in the planning
process. Given this, it is necessary for planners to develop a thorough understanding of each
individual community health profile and those features that influence health. Schulz and
13
Chapter 2: Literature Review
Northridge (2004) developed a public health framework for health impact assessments
(Figure 2.2). This framework summarises the different levels of factors that influence health
and, therefore, should be considered in health planning. According to Northridge et al.
(2003), factors that contribute to health can be divided into four levels: Macro, Meso, Micro
and Individual. According to the model, these factors interact to contribute to health in
communities.
For instance, the natural environment, macro social factors, and inequalities
(fundamental factors) influence health outcomes and well-being (individual level factors) via
multiple pathways through differential access to power, information, and resources. These
fundamental factors, in turn, influence intermediate factors (the built environment and the
social context). Intermediate factors include the development of land use policies.
Consequently, it is at this level that the impact of the built environment is especially subject
to policy management by planners. The proximate factors (the usual focus of public health
practitioners) include three domains: stressors, social integration or social support, and health
behaviours. The proximate factors have been given the greatest scientific attention over the
years (Northridge et al., 2003), but are influenced by many other factors that have escaped
research attention.
The last column in Figure 2.2 contains two domains: health outcomes and well-being,
and these in turn influence the individual habitués. Figure 2.2 illustrates the interactive and
dynamic relationships among the various domains, between the fundamental and intermediate
factors as well as between the intermediate and proximate factors, and their impacts on health
outcomes during an individual‘s course of life. The relationships within the model in terms of
health outcomes are clearly influenced by broader factors such as where and how people live.
However, for health planners the primary interest in the model is the influence of health
outcomes.
14
Chapter 2: Literature Review
I. FUNDAMENTAL
(Macro level)
Natural environment
(topography, climate,
water supply)
Macro social factors
Historical conditions Political orders Economic order Legal codes
Human rights doctrines Social and cultural
institutions
Ideologies (racism, social justice, democracy)
Inequalities Distribution of material
wealth
Distribution of employment opportunities
Distribution of educational
opportunities Distribution of political
influence
II. INTERMEDIATE
(Meso/community level)
Built environment
Land use (industrial,
residential, mixed use or single use)
Transportation systems
Services (shopping, banking, health care facilities, waste transfer
stations)
Public resources (parks, museums, libraries)
Zoning regulations Buildings (housing,
schools, workplaces)
Social context Community investment
(economic development, maintenance, police services)
Policies (public, fiscal, environmental, workplace)
Enforcement of ordinances (public, environmental,
workplace) Community capacity Civic participation and
political influence
Quality of education
III.PROXIMATE
(Micro/interpersonal level)
Stressors
Environmental, neighbourhood,
workplace and housing
conditions Violent crime and safety Police response
Financial insecurity Environmental toxins
(lead, particulates)
Unfair treatment
Health behaviours Dietary practices Physical activity
Health screening
Social integration and social support
Social participation and integration
Shape of social
networks and resources available within networks
Social support
IV. HEALTH & WELL-BEING
(Individual or population levels)
Health outcomes
Infant and child health
(low birth weight, lead poisoning)
Obesity
Cardiovascular diseases Diabetes Cancers
Injuries and violence
Infectious diseases Respiratory health
(asthma) Mental health All-cause mortality
Well-being Hope/despair
Life satisfaction Psychosocial distress Happiness
Disability
Body size and body image
Figure 2.2. Public health framework for health impact assessment and health profiling (derived from Schulz &
Northridge, 2004)
2.2.3 THE USE OF COLLABORATION IN HEALTH PLANNING
In accordance with the WHO‘s Ottawa Charter, the aim of municipal public health
planning is to assist communities to build healthy public policy, create supportive
environments, strengthen community actions, develop personal and collective skills by
providing learning opportunities, and reorientate health services (Logan City Council, 2003).
The underlying fundamental causes of health problems are rarely given adequate attention.
Without good management, cities can become dangerous and unhealthy places (WHO, 1999).
For instance, in 1999 it was reported that more than a third of the urban population in Africa,
Asia, and Latin America live in inadequate conditions where their health is constantly under
threat (Satterthwaite, 1999). Clearly, decisions made by governments today become the
determinants of future health status, with city authorities having a particular role to play in
health - not only in investment, planning, and management but also in encouraging and
supporting the initiatives and innovations of other groups within the city (WHO, 1999). Thus,
the responsibility of a healthy city and community is to identify and respond to all key actors
within the city using collaborative and participatory methods.
15
Chapter 2: Literature Review
2.2.4 CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES
Health public policy plays an essential role in the creation of healthy cities and
communities, and therefore it is central to the movement (WHO, 1997). The Adelaide
Recommendations on Healthy Public Policy (ARHPC), adopted in 1988, noted that one of
the main challenges for the future was to reorient the policies of all key actors in the
community towards equity, health promotion, and disease prevention (ARHPC, 1988). In
general, these polices can lead to political support, an essential component of local action.
Thus, the system for making political decisions in the city is arguably the most important
environmental factor for health (WHO, 1997). The city must provide a vehicle for two-way
communication between the political system and other partners (WHO, 1997).
Communication empowers individuals and groups to take action for health initiatives.
Successful projects must work for greater awareness of the principle of health for all, and
must understand how this principle is applied in practice. Efforts to increase awareness and
understanding of these issues must be comprehensive, consistent, and continuous.
The success of healthy cities initiatives in laying the groundwork for healthy public
policy depends upon their ability to generate innovation in several areas (WHO, 1997).
Innovation depends on the creation of a climate that supports change, and spreading
knowledge through innovative programmes and practices is essential. For instance, the city of
Kuching, Malaysia, provided an interesting example by initiating the ‗Healthy Cities Week‘,
which promotes and creates an appropriate climate for innovation (WHO, 1999; Kuching
Healthy City Annual Report 2002). Thus, collaboration is the climate catalyst of the healthy
cities approach.
2.3 COLLABORATIVE HEALTH PLANNING
2.3.1 BACKGROUND
The literature supports the application of collaborative health planning to the healthy
cities approach (WHO, 1997, Ashton, 2009). First, collaborative planning promotes
democratic decision-making that facilitates shared ownership and engagement in solutions
(Mattessich et al., 2001). Second, it encourages planners to communicate, interact, and
negotiate with other sectors in order to resolve disputes between groups that may have some
investment in the planning process (Campbell & Fainstein, 1996). Third, it facilitates a more
collaborative form of governance, which in turn implies a more collaborative and efficient
delivery of health promotion practices (Bishop & Davis, 2001).
16
Chapter 2: Literature Review
2.3.2 COLLABORATIVE PLANNING APPROACHES
Collaborative planning approaches are increasingly being advocated and implemented
in healthy communities initiatives due to the benefits of these approaches (Murray, 2006),
including the ability to:
Combine information, knowledge, and skills from multiple stakeholders
(Margerum, 1999);
Generate agreement over solutions (Innes & Booher, 1999);
Create a sense of ownership over the outcomes (Mitchell, 1997);
Increase support for implementation (Mitchell & Hollick, 1993);
Open communication channels between participants (Buchy & Race, 2001);
Achieve mutual learning and personal growth for participants (Healey, 1997;
Sager, 1994; Buchy & Race, 2001);
Increase democratisation of the decision-making process (Forester, 1989: Sager,
1994: Healey, 1997).
Mattessich et al. (2001, p. 59) defined collaboration as: “A mutually beneficial and well-
defined relationship entered into by two or more organizations to achieve common goals. The
relationship includes a commitment to mutual relationships and goals; a jointly developed structure
and shared responsibility, mutual authority and accountability for success; and sharing of resources
and reward”. These authors suggested a model to evaluate the level of collaboration (i.e.,
cooperation, coordination, and collaboration) in planning. Table 2.1 describes the different
planning elements for each level of this planning. Given the current levels of partnership to
promote healthy cities, it is likely that collaborative planning practice will form a
fundamental part of health planning in the future. Amongst the relevant theories,
communicative planning theory represents the most appropriate paradigm to underpin, inform
and shape collaborative planning practice (Healey, 1993). This theory relates to any
collaborative planning initiative where all partners and stakeholders are committed to the
shared vision of a healthy community and are seeking the development of appropriate health
polices in a democratic and adequate manner.
Ridley and Jones (2001) argued that the most significant forms of collaboration are
those that become part of the day-to-day practice of health care and health planning. In
collaborative health planning, a clear understanding and recognition of the stakeholder
17
Chapter 2: Literature Review
relationships, behaviour patterns, weaknesses, strengths and potential outcomes is necessary.
To obtain such an understanding, it is imperative to have feedback from external parties (e.g.,
observer, external research group etc.) on the performance of particular group of decision-
makers. This, in turn, may empower decision-makers and improve their dialogue.
Investing in novel collaborative approaches to health planning requires several
investments, for example, increasing access to essential information, engaging stakeholders
or the community, and planning in a participatory manner. However, there are no recipes or
fixed formulae to implement such approach. Indeed, it is possible to use one planning method
to develop another (Ridley & Jones, 2001).
Table 2.1 Elements of each level of collaboration (derived from Mattessich et al., 2001, p. 61)
Essential
Elements
Cooperation Coordination Collaboration
Vision and
Relationships Basic for cooperation is
usually between
individuals but may be
mandated by third party
Organisational missions
and goals are not taken
into account
Interaction is on an as
needed basis; may last
indefinitely
Individual relationships are
supported by the
organisations they represent
Missions and goals of the
individual organisations are
reviewed for compatibility
Interaction is usually
around one specific project
or task of definable length
Commitment of the
organisation and their
leaders is fully behind
their representatives
Common, new mission
and goals are created
One or more projects
are undertaken for
longer-term results
Structure
Responsibilities,
and
Communication
Relationships are
informal; each
organisation functions
separately
No joint planning is
required
Information is conveyed
as needed
Organisations involved take
on needed roles, but
function relatively
independent of each other
Some project-specific
planning is required
Communication roles are
established and definite
channels are created for
interaction
New organisational
structure and/or clearly
defined and
interrelated roles that
constitute formal
division of labour are
created
More comprehensive
planning is required
that includes
developing joint
strategies and
measuring success in
terms of impact on the
needs of those served
Beyond
communication roles
and channels for
interaction, many
―levels‖ of
communication are
created as clear
information is a
keystone of success
18
Chapter 2: Literature Review
Essential
Elements
Cooperation Coordination Collaboration
Authority and
Accountability Authority rests solely
with individual
organisation
Leadership is unilateral
and control is central
All authority and
accountability rests with
the individual
organisation which acts
independently
Authority rests with
individual organisations,
but there is coordination
among participants
Some sharing of leadership
and control
There is some shared risk,
but most of the authority
and a accountability falls to
individual organisations
Authority is
determined by the
collaboration to
balance ownership by
the individual
organisations with
expediency to
accomplish purpose
Leadership is
dispersed, and control
is shared and mutual
Equal risk is shared by
all organisations in the
collaboration
Resources and
Rewards Resources (staff time,
dollars, and capabilities)
are separate, serving the
individual organisation‘s
needs
Resources are
acknowledged and can be
made available to others for
a specific project
Rewards are mutually
acknowledged
Resources are pooled
jointly secured for a
longer-term effort that
is managed by the
collaborative structure
Organisations share in
the products; more is
accomplished jointly
than could have been
individually
The literature described collaborative planning under a number of terms (Murray,
2006). The terms include communicative planning (Healey, 1997), building consensus (Innes
& Booher, 1999), cooperation (Yaffee, 1998), coordination (Margerum, 1999) and
partnerships (Mitchell, 1997). Bentrup (2001, p. 740) presented the key elements which are
associated with collaborative planning approaches:
Integration;
Stakeholders educate each other;
Informal face to face dialogue among stakeholders;
Continuous stakeholder participation throughout the planning process;
Stakeholder participation encouraged to create a holistic plan;
Use of information to determine facts; and
Generally, consensus is used to make decisions.
Despite the lack of unified definition of collaborative-based planning approaches, it
was observed that the use of evidence and information, consensus, and participation in
decision-making processes were repeatedly discussed in the literature.
19
Chapter 2: Literature Review
2.3.3 CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES
Although practicing in a collaborative manner is likely to positively influence the
planning of healthy communities, there are several challenges. Creating and sharing new
knowledge is considered to be one of the main challenges. For example, utilising and
channelling the particular skill and knowledge of a group of decision-makers, in addition to
coordinating efforts between practitioners in public health agencies, researchers, planners,
and community groups to address the conceptual, informational, and technological needs in
health planning (Cromley & McLafferty, 2002). Specifically, Higgs and Gould (2001)
identified a particular lack of collaboration between academics and health care practitioners
or managers and/or system developers and users (Buckeridge et al., 2002). Thus, it has been
recognised that an intensive time commitment is required to develop mutual understanding
and effective working environment, collegiality and collaborative relationships (Buckeridge
et al., 2002).
The literature has revealed a few challenges for collaborative health planning. For
instance, Kazda et al. (2009) identified challenges such as the lack of community readiness,
inadequate priority for prevention, balancing of taking action at present as opposed to
capacity building in the long term, and insufficient attention to the process of technology and
transfer of knowledge. Being responsive to these challenges may lead to improved
intervention planning and public participation procedures within the community. Developing
an awareness of these existing challenges may provide opportunities to facilitate decision-
making processes that can invoke environmental changes through collaborative health
planning. As Croner (2003) pointed out, it is clear that robust health planning practice
depends on the use of consensus approaches. The key to participation, collaboration and
consensus in health planning, is information that can be easily shown and discussed (i.e.,
online spatial medium). However, there are few examples of sharing information in this way
in health planning. As Internet technology improves, it will become an integral platform for
health planning DSS.
2.4 DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEMS
2.4.1 BACKGROUND
DSS are types of information communication technology (ICT) that can be applied in
online environments, and provide the mechanisms to help decision-makers and related
stakeholders to assess complex problems and solve those problems in a meaningful way
20
Chapter 2: Literature Review
(Shim et al., 2002). The overall aim of DSS (without substituting decision-makers) is to
improve the efficiency of the decisions made by stakeholders, optimising their overall
performance and minimising judgemental biases (Turban, 1993).
By definition, DSS incorporates two main domains: 1) policy, which entails making
decisions to solve problems; and 2) technology, which uses computational problem solving
tools. In recent years, decision-making processes have become more challenging than ever
because of the number of unstructured or semi-structured problems that communities face
(Simon, 1960; Gorry & Morton, 1971; Shim et al., 2002). Monitoring these problems and
making the correct decisions are challenging and requires attention to multi-faceted
considerations such as costs, benefits, time span, contingent effects of actions, and
stakeholder involvement (Dur et al., 2009). Individual experience and judgement are still the
most widely used methods in policy decision-making processes. However, as Dur et al.
(2009) pointed out, although it is necessary within a democratic procedure to respect the
choices of decision-makers, these inconsistent methods can no longer meet the challenges of
today‘s communities.
The impact of ICT on decision-making is significant. In recent years, improvements in
both solution methods and algorithm structures have increased the problem solving ability of
DSS (Dur et al., 2009). In particular, new linear programming solutions and other inference
techniques such as neural networks, genetic algorithms and fuzzy logic have played crucial
roles in these developments (Shim et al., 2002). As Nobre et al. (1997) observed, there is a
general recognition that the creation of health geographical-based information may increase
the perception of current health problems and their relation to other variables, as well as
provide better insight into historical trends and differences between regions. The use of DSS
increases efficiency by providing the timely and rapid assessment of epidemiological patterns
relevant to decision-making (Nobre et al., 1997). However, as Bharati and Chaudhury (2004)
pointed out, decision confidence and decision effectiveness are the main outputs from a DSS,
which, in turn, may support collaborative health planning by creating a ‗knowledge
community‘. Salmon (2004) suggested that constructing knowledge is one of the main
principles for building online communities, highlighting the importance of shared
information. Thus, sharing information in a visual or spatial manner is able to provide
important insights.
21
Chapter 2: Literature Review
2.4.2 SPATIAL DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEMS
Visualisation of input and output information is likely to improve stakeholders‘
involvement in decision-making and knowledge sharing, as well as simplifying the decision-
making process (Dur et al., 2009). Specifically, GIS can provide the computational,
analytical, problem solving, and visualisation capabilities of DSS. In effect, GIS is one of the
novel technologies in health planning, providing the universal link that allows integration of
the data needed for effective decisions (Rushton, 2000). Research indicated that GIS has the
potential to be used in a range of decision-making tasks, with the use of its analysis and
visualisation capacities (e.g. spatial aspect) providing an opportunity to use this tool as part of
a decision-making system. For example, through GIS, users can visualise the effects of
healthcare delivery strategies (Higgs & Gould, 2001). However, if GIS is to be integrated into
a decision-making mechanism, several improvements are required, particularly in the context
of the local government public health sector.
The use of GIS technology within the local government public health sector has
significantly increased during the past decade (Rushton, 2000). There is increasing demand
for the application of GIS technologies to enhance public health programmes (Cromley &
McLafferty, 2002), and the role of GIS in public health management and practice continues
to evolve. GIS is perceived to have a beneficial role within four settings: visualisation,
exploratory, spatial analysis, and model building (Higgs & Gould, 2001). Another use for
GIS is priority mapping, undertaken by stakeholders to provide a context for priorities (i.e.,
location, distribution, and relationship to other spatial factors). Furthermore, GIS can
contribute to target prevention efforts by enabling planners to predict changes in disease
distribution (Rich et al., 2005). For example, observation of geographical shifts in disease
distribution over time has been a powerful tool in comprehensive cancer control efforts, and
could be applied to other diseases as well (McElroy et al., 2006). The use of GIS increases
efficiency by providing a timely and rapid assessment of epidemiological patterns that could
be relevant to decision-making (Fonseca & Malheiros, 2005). Thus, the application of GIS
technology is an important step towards a better understanding of public health issues and
their inherent complexities (Waring et al., 2005), and to gain insights into the spatial
distribution of disease, social determinants of health and health outcomes (Higgs & Gould,
2001).
Some public health professionals continue to believe that better cluster detection
methods and geographically referenced data will lead to knowledge that will benefit the
22
Chapter 2: Literature Review
public (Phillips et al., 2000). Further, spatial analysis can assist in the identification of
specific areas for planners to target and evaluate interventions that promote increased
awareness of risk factors (Trooskin et al., 2005). Similarly, Rushton (2000) argued that
spatial analysis methods are also becoming embedded in DSS.
As highlighted above, such tools also have the potential to help decision-makers in a
variety of ways. For example, Higgs and Gould (2001) suggested a range of DSS features and
points of information such as ‗what if‘ scenarios: identify any ‗under-serviced‘ areas;
evaluate the quality of services offered; accessibility to services and health care information;
locate the nearest health care facility; health surveillance; target resources; increase proximity
to recreational areas or community facilities; and produce maps. Thus, the availability of
public health information in a robust DSS environment is in a nascent state (Croner, 2003).
DSS can be seen to provide powerful insights into contemporary community issues in a
spatial, temporal, and visual form (Caldeweyher et al., 2006).
A case study discussed in the following paragraph will exemplify its potential. The case
study of the Multi-Agency Internet Geographic Information Service (MAIGIS) West
Midlands (Theseira, 2002) is an interesting example to demonstrate the influence of DSS on
decision-makers. The MAIGIS DSS was used as a population data source for the
measurement of health and the influences on health for use in quantitative aspects of health
impact assessments in the West Midlands, UK. MAIGIS also encouraged a more consistent
approach to decision-making by enabling all regional agencies to use the same datasets
within the decision-making process. Consequently, the application of mapping and spatial
analytic techniques in the DSS had implications on public policy and in the reallocation of
healthcare resources in the West Midlands community. Therefore, with knowledge of their
local areas, decision-makers were given suggestions on how they could alleviate existing and
practical health problems.
2.4.3 ONLINE DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEMS
There is growing evidence that online DSS environments have a positive impact on
decision-making (Kingston et al., 2001). The ultimate technical goal of online DSS is to
ensure that information is made available for end-users to perform analyses, and store and
represent their own results within the system (Yigitcanlar & Gudes, 2008). Contrary to static
presentations, information becomes dynamic when users are allowed to access or interact
with a database from their own computer (Croner, 2003). As Richards et al. (1999) stressed,
the application of GIS techniques in an online DSS allows decision-makers to ask questions
23
Chapter 2: Literature Review
of maps and to quickly, clearly, and convincingly show the results of complex analyses.
Thus, as the relevant technology becomes more readily available and more industries realise
its potential, the numbers of online DSS are increasing rapidly (Su et al., 2000).
Online DSS incorporate features which can improve decision-making processes. As
more industries realise the potential of these systems, these technologies are being widely
used by various organisations worldwide. As Yigitcanlar and Gudes (2008) pointed out,
online DSS need to be interactive and to promote knowledge sharing and exchange. Thus, the
growing interest in online systems is encouraging a rapid expansion of research, especially in
the planning context. Furthermore, as online DSS create the potential for enhanced decision
support environments (Scotch & Parmanto, 2006), the implementation of such systems in
health planning provides new insights, and may improve decision-making processes within
the dimensions of use of evidence, participation, and consensus.
According to the literature, online DSS should be based on three main components:
usability, accurate data, and interactivity. As Theseira (2002) noted, flexibility and ease of
use of the interface are critical elements in the successful implementation of these systems. It
is essential that the data included is clear to both professional and non-professional users and,
in addition, users need to be able to have user interface to query the data and to print various
outputs for their own usage. The Australian Health Information Council (AHIC), highlighted
that public health applications of online DSS have already been adopted by several countries,
such as the United States and the United Kingdom (AHIC, 2008). However, while the use of
online DSS is an increasingly important activity in Australian organisations, it is not yet
sufficiently accessible to decision-makers, health planners, and communities within the health
planning practice in this country.
2.4.4 THE AUSTRALIAN CONTEXT
According to Queensland Health‘s (QH) 2005 report on public health and GIS, despite
the fact that modern technologies including software and fast personal computers had been
available for at least a decade, the incorporation of DSS technologies into health planning
practice in Australia was only at its inception. Since this study began in 2008, similar
practices in Australia have emerged. For example, Melbourne City Council (MCC) initiated a
programme titled Melbourne 2030 Planning for Sustainable Growth (MCC, 2008). Other
examples of Australian health services using online mapping applications or DSS could be
found at the following:
24
Chapter 2: Literature Review
Victorian Department of Human Services;
South Australian Department of Human Services;
Western Australia Department of Health;
Commonwealth Department of Health and Aged Care; and
Central Northern Adelaide Health Service.
The state of South Australia has embraced DSS and spatial information to assist with
the preparation of a South Australia regional health service plan 2008 (National Health and
Hospitals Reform Commission, 2008). The National Centre for Social Application of
Geographical Information (GISCA), a university-based consultation team, assisted the South
Australia Department of Health in the development of this health services plan. Thus, there
are a few good examples of DSS being used for informed decision-making processes in
Australia.
Although there are several good examples of health DSS applications (facilitated by
Victoria, West Australia, and South Australia health government initiatives), the majority of
the systems are focused on specific health issues (e.g., National Diabetes Service Scheme and
the social health atlas of Central Northern Adelaide Health Service [CNAHS, 2008]) rather
than the promotion of health at the community level. These applications all lack the
communication channels and the collaborative planning mechanisms (as outlined earlier in
section 2.3.2) which are imperative for developing healthy cities and communities. Thus, an
online health DSS needs to embrace the collaborative health planning and the facilitation of
evidence-based decision-making elements. The combination of these qualities may achieve
vigorous impacts on Australia‘s health.
Generally, Australia has an excellent tradition and track record in health and medical
research (NHHRC, 2008). However, research on health DSS is often under-resourced; for
example, the research scheme commissioned in 2009 by the National Health and Medical
Research Council (NHMRC) constituted less than three precent of the NHMRC‘s total
research funding. Moreover, the National Health and Hospitals Reform Commission‘s health
reform report outlines that the biggest challenge is to transfer the DSS research findings into
health practice (NHHRC, 2008). Meeting these challenges requires that research and
evidence-based decision-making be recognised as essential prerequisites to improving health
outcomes. The extensive literature suggests that more research is needed to shed light on
what interventions work best from the health outcome perspective. Thus, a national approach
25
Chapter 2: Literature Review
is required to drive action throughout the Australian health sector (NHHRC, 2008). One of
the ways to do so is to adopt evidence-based and collaborative-based approaches, using an
online system which can be accessed locally by health planners and decision-makers. This, in
turn, can expedite and improve the use of evidence, knowledge, and guidelines in the field of
health planning.
2.4.5 CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES
The advantages of utilising DSS have influenced the use of technology in the
development of healthy communities. The technology gap that limits access to ICT tools has
serious implications for DSS applications in public health. For instance, the number of DSS
applications in public health has been quite limited, possibly because they required trained
and skilled users. These factors produce differential access that exists inherently in many
geographic regions. A further challenge is the collaborative efforts between practitioners in
public health agencies, researchers, and community groups to address both the conceptual
and the technological issues relating to DSS implementation (Cromley & McLafferty, 2002).
Higgs and Gould (2001) support this by identifying a particular lack of collaboration between
GIS academics and health care practitioners, as well as between DSS developers and end-
users (Buckeridge et al., 2002). Thus, it has been recognised that an intensive time
commitment is required to develop mutual understanding, effective working relationships,
and a sense of collaboration (Buckeridge et al., 2002).
Furthermore, research indicated that accessibility to information and its quality are
considered to be amongst the most tangible challenges. Accessibility to information is clearly
important to enable individuals and communities to address health issues (WHO, 1999), but
once accessed, individuals must be able to make use of the data effectively (Buckeridge et al.,
2002). Therefore, a major challenge is to design an efficient and useful interface for the
system. Furthermore, heterogeneity in user skill and knowledge both demand consideration
when designing systems (Buckeridge et al., 2002). Another major challenge is associated
with maintaining privacy and confidentiality of health data (Kelly & Tuxen, 2003). Health
GIS researchers need to be aware of the types of data disclosure practices that threaten
medical record confidentiality (Higgs & Gould, 2001). In addition, DSS developers should be
aware of publishing within accepted standards of data security and privacy (Croner, 2003).
Difficulties encountered in accessing data indicate that privacy concerns present and create
serious obstacles to DSS development (Buckeridge et al., 2002). Besides that, the quality of
26
Chapter 2: Literature Review
the information affects data integrity, and measures must be in place to ensure the most
accurate, complete, and standardised data is being used.
As Croner (2003) pointed out, it is clear that robust DSS interoperability will depend on
collaborative approaches. As Internet technology improves, some of these challenges will be
resolved. Thus, health planners must consider these challenges when they approach the
design phase. This, in turn, will allow further use of the DSS environments as an integral part
of health planning for improving the collaborative health planning practice. However,
increasing accessibility to effective health information through DSS may not be sufficient,
unless health planning is also being practiced in a collaborative manner.
2.5 POTENTIAL OUTCOMES OF DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEMS IN HEALTH
PLANNING
The role of DSS in health planning practice continues to evolve. Application of this
technology is an important step towards better understanding public health issues and their
inherent complexities (Waring et al., 2005). Analysing and mapping public health data is
becoming increasingly important in the attempt to improve the performance of major public
health actions and to promote community health (Cromley & McLafferty, 2002). The
literature identifies a number of prospective DSS outcomes. Amongst these outcomes, but
not limited are: increasing collaboration or participation, developing trust, increasing
satisfaction in decision-making, growing user satisfaction, constructing knowledge, and
encouraging use of evidence in decisions-making processes (Igbaria & Guimaraes, 1994).
DSS is perceived to have a role in a number of settings for health planning. For
example, identifying service health barriers and multicultural health needs, supporting
strategies to address gaps, facilitating multi-directional communication channels, and re-
affirming transparent communication and decision-making processes (Phillips et al., 2000).
To encourage collaboration and reduce health inequalities, DSS may be used as an outreach
vehicle for community-based public health empowerment. This, in turn, “may help our
understanding of the complex relationship between socioeconomic factors and health status”
(Phillips et al., 2000, p. 976).
Like any technology, DSS is a tool to achieve further goals (disease prevention,
supporting decision-making etc.). Thus, DSS may empower decision-making at all levels and
help address health planning tasks. For example, the ability to conduct spatial analyses
promotes the provision of effective health services. This, in turn, may lead decision-makers
27
Chapter 2: Literature Review
and health planners to re-examine the nature of access of health services to the community
and, if is found to be lacking, provide equal access. Therefore, it is an important direction for
those in charge of making decisions regarding social services and healthcare allocation
(Kaukinen & Fulcher, 2005). In this regard, decision-making does not happen in isolation,
and is not formulated and implemented only by decision-makers in government offices. A
range of institutions such as NGOs, community organisations and city councils mediate and
intertwine between decision-makers and people‘s livelihoods. Thus, the DSS may be an
important interface where decision-makers can meet and essential information can reside.
2.6 SUMMARY
Although more than two decades have passed since the initiation of the healthy cities
movement, it has not yet achieved its full potential (Ashton, 2009). The reasons for this
include but are not limited to the lack of collaboration between planners and health
practitioners, and the absence of planning tools such as DSS. This study examines the role of
an online GIS-based DSS in supporting the health planning for healthy communities in Logan
Beaudesert, Queensland, Australia, through its impact on decision-making processes.
Specifically, the study focuses on developing a conceptual framework, to underpin
planning for healthy communities. There is also a need for new ways of planning, based on
collaborative practice and broad knowledge (e.g. evidence-based approaches). Collaborative
planning is supported by a sound theory (e.g., communicative planning theory), but lacks
practical tools. One tool that has been gaining prominence is the DSS.
This review of DSS has revealed the potential usage of DSS in the collaborative health-
planning context. This section focused on the real decision-makers (e.g., health planners,
decision-makers, stakeholders etc.) and their potential strengths, effects, and outcomes of
adopting DSS tools within the process of decision-making. It also covered discussions on the
practical values of the DSS, particularly as a tool for improving collaborative practice and
decision-making. Further, the literature emphasised that while DSS is an essential tool, it can
be more effective if it is sited in online environments. An online platform encourages the
participation of many stakeholders, and as a result the DSS becomes more apparent.
However, there is still a need to know how to develop and implement such a tool. Thus, the
tool needs to be tested to establish whether it influences decision-making processes and, if so,
to what extent. Based on the literature review, identifying this potential impact has been
defined as one of the study objectives, and is elaborated in the method chapter.
28
Chapter 2: Literature Review
In summary, current approaches (e.g., healthy cities & communities) and methods have
not yet achieved their full potential and there is a need for a more robust framework. As
Ridley & Jones (2001, p.4) observed, “There has never been such a promising time as now to
promote better user and public involvement”. It has been acknowledged that by applying a
more evidence-based approach in a collaborative manner, health systems will improve. The
literature review for this study has covered the extensive literature on all the key aspects of
the study objectives, which forms the knowledge base necessary for this research. The
methodology adopted in this study and the range of tasks undertaken to achieve the primary
study aim and objectives are underpinned primarily by the findings from the literature review.
29
Chapter 3: Research Method
Chapter 3: Research Method
3.1 PREVIEW
This chapter describes the study approach and design, research site and process, data
collection methods, and data analysis techniques. It also provides an in-depth description of
the conceptual framework that was designed for this study. Using a mixed method design,
data were collected through both qualitative and quantitative methods. Specifically, data were
collected by adopting a participatory action research (PAR) approach that informed the
development and conceptualisation of the HDSS. A pre- and post-design (see Section 3.6)
was used to determine the impact of the HDSS on decision-making. The following sections
provide a detailed overview of the research process used to address the study objectives that
were outlined in Chapter 1.
3.2 OVERVIEW
The literature on the current practice of collaborative health planning, both locally and
internationally, was extensively reviewed via academic journals, books, government reports,
conference proceedings, newsletters, workshops, seminars, the Internet and other sources.
The review also encompassed the development of the conceptual framework that underpins
this study, as well as the instruments and procedures for collecting quantitative and
qualitative data. As a result, an appropriate case study was identified and a general study
approach designed. The study approach that was adopted is a mixed method of PAR
Intervention with the pre-and post decision-making impact study. The PAR Intervention is
defined as the combination of all three PAR cycles:
Raising awareness about the potential use of GIS and collaborative planning (PAR
Cycle 1 or introduction stage);
Participating in the design and development of the HDSS tool to support decision-
making (PAR Cycle 2 or interaction stage); and
Trialling and implementing for improving the tool (PAR Cycle 3 or trialling stage).
30
Chapter 3: Research Method
Specifically, the PAR Intervention was embedded within a pre- and post (i.e.,
snapshots) research design aimed at determining the impact of the PAR intervention on
decision-making processes. Two waves of data collection were used, one prior to the
beginning of the PAR intervention and one following its completion. To address the study
objectives and research questions, a case study was selected.
3.3 CASE STUDY The Logan Beaudesert Health Coalition, Queensland, Australia, is a partnership
established in 2006 to address the growing level of chronic disease in the Logan- Beaudesert
region of Queensland (See Figure 3.1). The initiative was intended to enhance existing
services and infrastructure, establish formal partnerships, improve existing resources, and
implement additional services and strategies. It also aimed to focus on the broad determinants
of health to reduce risk factors and the incidence of chronic disease in a specific locality
(Kendall et al., 2007). The LBHC was a response to the acknowledgment that the cost of
chronic disease to society remained significant and current management and planning
methods did not appear to be having sufficient impact. Consequently, collaborative health
planning was seen as an important method for progressing health decision-making and
addressing chronic issues in the region.
Therefore, the LBHC was implemented with the view of improving the region‘s health
capacity at multiple levels through enhanced and responsive localised planning. The LBHC
consists of representatives from the following organisations: Queensland Health, Logan City
Council, Scenic Rim Regional Council, Youth and Family Service Logan, Griffith
University, South East Primary HealthCare Network, and Regional Health. The LBHC has a
central Board (i.e., LBHC Board), which oversees six health programmes and advisory
groups, each addressing a specific area identified as needing attention. These working groups
focus on early childhood (0 to 8 years of age), multicultural health, the prevention and
management of existing chronic diseases, the integration between general practices and acute
settings, efficient health information management, and health promotion. Each programme
has a manager and a selected group of key stakeholders from multiple sectors and relevant
organisations. The six health programmes or advisory groups are responsible for facilitating
decisions relating to polices or strategies by providing recommendations and information to
the LBHC board. In addition, the decisions of the LBHC board are reflected back to the six
health programmes, Figure 3.2 illustrates the LBHC structure.
31
Chapter 3: Research Method
By providing recommendations and information, the programmes assist the LBHC
Board to make decisions and develop policies and strategies. The role of the LBHC Board is
to coordinate and direct the coalition as a whole. LBHC members serve in accordance to their
specific role requirements or contract across the LBHC organisations, and there is no time
limit for their membership in the coalition. However, throughout the study, some LBHC
members left and new members came, because of a sense of utilization or other work
commitments etc. The Queensland State Government funds the LBHC and has given the
Board a mandate to modify, alter or adapt any of the current programs in response to
evidence and performance data with the scope to design and implement new health initiatives
as required.
Figure 3.1. Logan Beaudesert location map
32
Chapter 3: Research Method
Figure 3.2. LBHC structure (the board and its six advisory groups)
3.4 A FRAMEWORK FOR PLANNING A HEALTHY COMMUNITY
The overall aim of DSS is to improve the efficiency of stakeholders‘ decision-making,
optimise overall performance and minimise judgemental biases (Turban 1993). The
framework that has been developed for this study illustrates the overall place of DSS within a
healthy communities‘ planning initiative (See Figure 3.3). However, the literature emphasises
the importance of grounding a DSS in a broad information framework. Specifically, it is
suggested that the information management framework as described by Schulz and
Northridge (2004, see Section 2.2.2) should guide the development of a community health
profile, with information derived from multiple sources. The ability to present this
information in a meaningful, accessible and usable way is a critical challenge in establishing
healthy communities. In this regard, Duhl and Sanchez (1999) and the WHO (1997) define a
list of six fundamental characteristics (health public policy, innovation, community
participation, intersectoral action, policy decision-making and commitment to health) that are
needed to create a healthy community. If these characteristics are adopted, it is likely that a
healthy city and communities will emerge. Thus, this framework suggests that a DSS that
exists as part of a broader city health planning process should facilitate these qualities. As the
study was restricted by a three year time frame, it was decided to test this framework
partially. Thus, the study tested the impact made by the DSS on a group of decision-makers
and health planners in a selected case study (i.e., LBHC) within the local community level.
Multicultural
Health
Promotion
Information Management
GP
Integration
Optimal Health
Early Years
LBHC Board
33
Chapter 3: Research Method
Fundamental Factors City level
(Macro)
Intermediate Factors Community level
(Meso)
Proximate Factors Interpersonal level
(Micro)
Health and well-being Individual or
population levels
Natural environment
Macro social factors
Inequalities
IND
ICA
TO
R S
ETS
Social context
Built environment
Stressors
Health behaviours
Social integration
and support
Health outcomes
Well-being
Fac
tors
Hea
lth
pro
file
Health Decision Support System (Design and implementation of system for supporting decision-making processes)
Heal
th D
SS
Pro
cess
es
Po
licie
s Confident, effective policy and decision-making
City level policies (Macro)
Community level policies (Meso)
Interpersonal level policies (Micro)
Individual or population level policies
Health public
policy Innovation Community
participation
Intersectoral
action
Political
decision-making
Commitment to
health
High health status
Appropriate health
Basic needs
Quality of
environment
Innovative city
economy
Access to variety of
resources
High degree of
participation
Supportive
community
Encouragement of
connectedness
High degree of
participation
Access to variety of
resources
Encouragement of
connectedness
Encouragement of
connectedness High health status
Sustainable
ecosystem
Basic needs
Quality of
environment
Healthy community
Are
a o
f
resu
lts
Hea
lth
ou
tco
mes
Qu
alit
ies
Figure 3.3. A conceptual framework for planning a healthy community (derived from World Health Organisation 1997; Schulz & Northridge 2004)
34
Chapter 3: Research Method
3.5 PARTICIPATORY ACTION RESEARCH
PAR is increasingly being applied as the overarching name for an orientation toward
research practice that places the researcher in the position of co-learner, and puts a strong
emphasis on input from participants or end-users and the on-going translation of research
findings into action (Minkler, 2000). Recently, this approach has gained attention in health
research, particularly in the public health context (Minkler & Wallerstein, 2003). One of the
most important characteristics of PAR is the fact that participants whose lives are affected by
the research initiative take an active role in its design. In this regard, Israel et al. (2001)
define PAR as adhering to the following principles:
Participatory;
Engaging community members and researchers in a joint process in which both
contribute equally;
A co-learning process for researchers and community members;
A method for systems development and local community capacity building;
An empowering process through which participants can increase control over their
lives, nurturing community strengths and problem-solving abilities; and
A way to balance research and action.
Amongst its advantages in the context of healthy cities or healthy communities is its
ground-up approach driven by the end-users rather than a top-down approach led by experts.
This approach strengthens the degree and quality of input from participants by using
democratic participatory processes driven by community priorities and based on community
contributions. Krasny and Doyle (2002) suggest that while PAR is oriented toward social
change, it is also based on a broader approach to knowledge that recognises the existence of
multiple forms of knowledge and multiple perspectives. Thus, researchers involved in a PAR
initiative enter the community as co-learners rather than teachers (Minkler, 2000).
The literature reveals that through consultation meetings, many healthy communities
have effectively incorporated a high level of community participation (Minkler, 2000; Stern,
Gudes & Svoray, 2009). As Minkler (2000) emphasises, PAR offers a promising approach
for realising community participation and conceptualising the vision of the Healthy Cities
movement through a collaborative health planning process. The PAR process also offers an
important method to support the dissemination and analysis of information by decision-
35
Chapter 3: Research Method
makers, predominantly as part of a broader conceptual framework (i.e., a conceptual
framework for planning a healthy community). The PAR method can support both
quantitative and qualitative data regarding needs (e.g., of decision-makers) and the
prospective impacts on planning responses (Maeng & Budic, 2010). In addition, the literature
review emphasizes that one of the key requirements of a collaboration-based system is the
flexibility it provides to adapt to users‘ needs, thereby increasing the efficiency of planning
processes. Thus, the PAR approach was found to be suitable for developing the HDSS.
3.6 PARTICIPATORY ACTION RESEARCH INTERVENTION
The adopted PAR approach incorporates quantitative and qualitative techniques of data
collection. In order to collect all the user feedback and evaluate its impact on decision-makers
and health planners‘ perspectives, a specific PAR method was designed. This method was
developed and tested as part of the broader conceptual framework constructed for this study.
Specifically, the PAR Intervention consisted of three PAR Cycles: PAR 1 (introduction
stage) which aimed to achieve awareness about the use of GIS in decision-making, PAR 2
(interaction stage) which aimed to collect feedback from users to develop and design the
HDSS, and PAR 3 (trialling stage) which aimed to trial and implement the HDSS to refine
the tool. Figure 3.4 shows the PAR Intervention and the three PAR cycles executed.
36
Chapter 3: Research Method
PAR Cycle 2(i.e., Interaction
stage)
PAR Intervention
Post–PAR intervention
user satisfaction survey
Logbook
* Information items survey* Functionality and features * System workflows
PAR Cycle 1(i.e., Introduction
stage)Post-PAR
intervention decision-making
survey
Pre-PAR intervention
decision-making survey
Pre–PAR intervention
observational data of actual
decision-making
PAR Cycle 3(i.e., Trialling
stage)HDSS Phase 1
Pre–PAR Intervention Phase
August
2008 (ARC and PhD
projects
commenced)
March
2010(Intervention
commenced)
March
2011(HDSS prototype
deployed [HDSS
phase 1])
HD
SS
DE
VE
LO
PM
EN
T P
RO
CE
SS
HDSS Phase 2
March
2012
(HDSS Phase 2)
System design and development
Post–PAR Intervention Phase
Post–PAR intervention
observational data of actual decision-
making
Figure 3.4. Framework for developing the HDSS by using three PAR cycles
37
Chapter 3: Research Method
3.6.1 PAR CYCLE 1: INTRODUCTION STAGE
The Introduction stage is associated with the early days of the study when the concept
of GIS was first introduced to the LBHC board members, with several introductory
presentations included to raise their awareness. The PAR intervention phase commenced with
a series of GIS introductory presentations to the LBHC board and other advisory groups that
took place in March and April 2010. The primary purpose of this cycle was to raise
awareness of the GIS concept for decision-making. To raise LBHC board awareness, this
cycle included a number of general information sessions about the concept of GIS and its
positive impact and potential application for decision-makers in the LBHC.
3.6.2 PAR CYCLE 2: INTERACTION STAGE
The interaction stage is associated with the period of time between the introduction
stage and trialling stage, where LBHC board members were engaged (e.g., through
consultation meetings and workshops) in order to design and develop the HDSS in a
collaborative manner. The literature emphasises that health planners do not have at hand all
the frameworks needed to determine the type of information that must be considered (Gudes
et al., 2010). However, it also highlights that the development of these types of frameworks is
not a simple matter. As Flynn (1996) states, “Every community is unique, with different
physical, social, political and cultural contexts that must be understood in the planning
process”. For this reason, health planners must develop a thorough understanding of the
individual community‘s health profile and the structural features that influence its health.
Thus, the framework that is to be used to structure information should organise information
in a way that directs the attention of decision-makers to the entire range of conditions
influencing health (Gudes et al., 2010). In this regard, a potential framework that could
underpin DSS has been suggested by Schulz and Northridge (2004). The application of
Schulz and Northridge‘s framework, which initially directed the GIS data collection efforts,
provided a solid foundation and a more comprehensive understanding of the community
health profile for the HDSS. Thus, the framework was used to ensure a meaningful basis on
which to make decisions that contribute to the development of a healthy community.
In line with the recommendation of Maeng and Budic (2010), PAR 2 consisted of a
series of consultative meetings to obtain input from end-users about prospective GIS
information items, features and functionality, and health scenarios (i.e., workflows) to be
included in the HDSS. To determine and identify the inputs of LBHC board members for
38
Chapter 3: Research Method
development and design of the HDSS prototype, the following information was collected and
then analysed.
To assist in identifying the relevance and urgency of including particular types of
information in the HDSS prototype, an information-items survey was designed and conducted
among the HDSS end-users (i.e., LBHC board members). The information obtained in this
survey originated from Schulz and Northridge‘s (2004) framework. Accordingly, the
information items survey composed of a list of available data based on their framework (see
also Table 4.1). Subsequently, a descriptive analysis was conducted to identify the
essentialness, relevance, priority and urgency of including particular types of GIS
information items in the HDSS prototype. The data collected from the information-items
survey was categorised by three groups according to the level of essentialness using a three-
point Likert scale: 1 = essential now, 2 = could be included in phase two of the HDSS, and 3
= not necessary at all. Subsequently, the cumulated selection score was calculated for each
group of items (see Table 4.1), which was then used to determine the level of essentialness.
This ranking system made it possible to ascertain which GIS information groups of items to
include in the HDSS prototype, and to address the study objective. Consequently, information
items which were indicated as the most essential were ultimately included in the system.
In addition to the selected information items, a separate discussion regarding the
inclusion of features and functionality items in the HDSS was held. The LBHC members
were provided with features and functionality list that had been adopted by a similar,
previous project undertaken by the Western Australia Department of Health in 2010. Next, a
functionality demonstration was conducted, and LBHC board members were asked whether
to include or prioritise each individual feature. A discussion was held about each feature,
until a final list was constructed. Table 4.2 presents the final HDSS features list as
determined by the LBHC board members.
Further, based on findings from the information items survey, a list of workflows and
potential health scenarios were suggested. In general, the scenarios were intended to guide a
HDSS users through a structured workflow that could provide spatial output based on a group
of predefined information items. It was designed to identify functional capability within the
proposed HDSS prototype, based on real health scenarios. These system workflows were
used to demonstrate the core functionality that could be provided by the HDSS prototype.
Subsequently, the LBHC board members commented on the suggested workflows,
particularly on which GIS layers to include in each workflow. A thorough discussion was
39
Chapter 3: Research Method
then held by the LBHC board members to determine its level of essentialness for their day-to-
day planning and decision-making practice. After a fruitful discussion, two health scenarios
were carefully chosen to be part of the HDSS scope (see tables 4.3 and 4.4). Next, the revised
document was disseminated among the LBHC board members and received final
endorsement. In summary, throughout PAR Cycle 2 (Interaction Stage), the feedback and
information collected followed by the analysis undertaken provided an invaluable opportunity
to design and develop the HDSS in a collaborative manner.
3.6.3 PAR CYCLE 3: TRIALLING STAGE
The trialling stage was associated with the period of three to four months from when
the HDSS prototype was officially deployed (01/03/2011) and when LBHC board members
were using the system. The primary purpose of this cycle was to trial the system and collect
evidence about the extent of usage and degree of satisfaction it attained. To collect this
information, two instruments were used:
Google Analytics script to monitor the number of unique visits, views and the
average time on site; and
A User Satisfaction survey to explore and understand the experiences of the LBHC
board members in using the HDSS. This survey was an important tool for continual
refinement and improvement of the system.
User satisfaction survey
To understand the extent to which users were satisfied with the HDSS, particularly in
terms of usability, a survey was designed (User Satisfaction Survey). The survey was
circulated during the trialling stage. Therefore, users were given three to four months from
the HDSS deployment date to become familiar with the system.
The literature emphasises that the best predictor of effective decision-making is
satisfaction with one‘s decision-making (Bharati & Chaudhury, 2004). There is evidence in
the literature that decision-making satisfaction in the context of a decision support system is
likely to be associated with the perceived quality of the system, information and presentation.
Omar and Lascu (1993) identify a five-construct (23 items) scale for measuring satisfaction.
This scale provides a meaningful framework for testing usage and satisfaction and is linked to
a validated survey. For instance, Omar and Lascu (1993, p. 6) examined these in a reliability
test and all constructs were found to have a coefficient alpha score higher than 0.5. A high
coefficient indicates that the item performs well in capturing the constructs. Thus, the 23
40
Chapter 3: Research Method
items-based satisfaction scale was included within the User Satisfaction survey and analysis
procedure. The survey consists of the following constructs: information quality (9 items),
planning (6 items), staff and services (3 items), system support for decision-making (2 items),
and user involvement (3 items). Table 3.1 presents the survey items with their association to
the respective construct.
Table 3.1 User Satisfaction survey items (derived from Omar & Lascu, 1993, p.6; see also Appendix 8.2)
Construct Item
Information quality
(Items 1-9)
Availability and timeliness of information provided by the HDSS
Ability to access the system without support from the system administrator
Accuracy and completeness of the information provided by the system
Flexibility of the data and its applicability to a range of scenarios
User confidence in the system
Ease of access for users to the HDSS
Current and up-to-date information provided by the system
Efficiency of the system in setting up, update and maintenance
Relevance of the system outputs to LBHC
Planning
(Items 10-15)
System priorities that reflect the overall LBHC objectives
Defining and monitoring information systems policies for the HDSS
Level of LBHC involvement in defining and monitoring the system
Existence of a planning agenda to develop the system
Improvements to the system
System responsiveness to changing user needs
Staff and services
(Items 16-18)
Quality and competence of the system
Technical competence level of the system administrator
Communication between users and the system administrator
System supports for
decision-making
(Items 19-20)
Data analysis capabilities of the system to support the decision-making process
Availability of tools in the system to analyse issues related to the Logan Beaudesert
area
User involvement
(Items 21-23)
User‘s feeling of participation in the HDSS
User influence on the development of the system
Helpfulness of the system administrator
DATA COLLECTION
The survey of User Satisfaction has been developed for each of the constructs listed in
Table 3.1. The items associated with the first construct, information quality, explain the
characteristics of information in terms of currency, accuracy, relevance, flexibility, ease of
use and access. Items associated with the second construct, planning, explain the
characteristics of management and planning aspects. Items associated with the third
construct, Staff and services, provide information related to staff competence and services
supporting the system, whereas items associated with the fourth construct, systems support
for decision-making, explain the characteristics of information quality and its ability to
41
Chapter 3: Research Method
support the decision-making processes. Lastly, items associated with the fifth construct, user
involvement, pertain to attributes which generate an environment that encourages user
involvement and participation.
To measure response, Omar and Lascu (1993) suggest a seven point Likert scale. Thus,
the response scale ranged from very poor to excellent, with higher scores indicating better
performance in terms of a particular item. The questionnaire consisted of 23 validated items
and was further refined to be suitable for the current study. Subsequently, the questionnaire
(see Appendix 8.2) was circulated to the LBHC board members by email after three months
from HDSS deployment day. In this regard, Evans and Riha (1989, p. 199) noted that:
[HDSS] ―evaluation had to occur over a span of time; that requires methods capable of
addressing both formative (in process) and summative (concluding) concerns”. Accordingly,
and given the earlier activities of PAR cycle 1-2, it was reasonable to allocate three to four
months from the HDSS deployment day of 1 March 2011 to collect data. This timeframe also
provided sufficient time for LBHC board members to become familiar with the system and to
incorporate it into their daily planning routine.
DATA ANALYSIS
The user satisfaction survey was utilised to identify the perceived levels of HDSS
satisfaction experienced by LBHC board members. Given that only 17 LBHC board members
participated in this survey, the data was used descriptively to improve the HDSS in
accordance with the PAR method (i.e., as part of PAR Cycle 3). Derived from Omar and
Lascu‘s (1993) recommendations, 23 items were identified. These items were associated with
five constructs: information quality, planning, staff and services, systems supports for
decision-making, and user involvement. The items were then divided into two main groups:
importance and performance. As suggested by Omar and Lascu (1993), the 23 performance
items were multiplied by the importance items, yielding „weighted performance items‘. To
measure the statistical dependence between each of Omar and Lascu‘s five constructs and a
broad question that asked respondents to rate their overall level of satisfaction with the HDSS
(see item 24 in the user satisfaction survey, Appendix 8.2), Spearman's correlation test was
utilised. Therefore, the 23 items were cumulated to the five constructs, and then correlated
with the overall satisfaction construct. This revealed which construct attained highest level of
correlation with the overall satisfaction construct.
To attain a deeper understanding of the experiences of LBHC board members with the
HDSS, respondents were also asked to describe their overall satisfaction in open-ended
42
Chapter 3: Research Method
questions. Their text was converted into a delimited format (CSV file) to make it transferable
to Leximancer software. Through this analysis, key themes and concepts associated with the
overall HDSS satisfaction were identified. This type of analysis revealed the themes or
concepts that were associated with high to low levels of satisfaction. In addition, when
appropriate, participants‘ statements were used to highlight some findings.
3.6.4 SUMMARY
The literature emphasises the importance of incorporating focus groups, discussions,
consultation meetings, and qualitative and quantitative data collection as part of a
participatory-based research study (Rowe & Frewer, 2000). The PAR intervention
implemented these instruments as part of developing and designing the HDSS. However,
implementing a PAR approach within a health planning initiative is a time-consuming task
and requires attention to issues of power, trust, research rigour and conflicting interests of
scientists and citizens. Therefore, a separate study PAR intervention study) was also designed
to provide important information and evidence about PAR Intervention, as well as key
elements identified in the design and development process of the HDSS throughout the PAR
intervention.
3.7 PARTICIPATORY ACTION RESEARCH INTERVENTION STUDY
To examine the PAR Intervention process throughout the three PAR cycles, a diary
(i.e., Logbook) was created. The Logbook recorded the numerous actions, including
meetings, consultations, workshops, emails, webinars, and other interactions during the PAR
Intervention period. Participants at these events included LBHC board members and other
stakeholders from the LBHC programmes who were involved in the design and development
process of the HDSS during the PAR intervention. Technically, the Logbook entries included
the date of the interaction, the parties involved, the exact statements made, and the
interpretation of each interaction.
The Logbook provided important evidence about the process and key elements
involved in the design and development of the HDSS. However, it was identified that the
data, which was presented in the Logbook as a series of events (see Appendix 9.4), should be
articulated as a structured or narrative story to effectively describe the development process
undertaken throughout the PAR Intervention. One of the methods employed for this purpose
was a narrative technique.
43
Chapter 3: Research Method
The literature provides some definitions for a narrative inquiry:
“The study of human experience and lives” (Clandinin, 2007, p.37);
Looked at this way narrative is the phenomenon studied in inquiry. Narrative
inquiry, the study of experience as story, then, is first and foremost a way of
thinking about experience. Narrative inquiry as a methodology entails a view of the
phenomenon. To use narrative inquiry methodology is to adopt a particular
narrative view of experience as phenomenon under study (Connelly & Clandinin,
2006, p. 477).
When describing a narrative, one of the most important aspects is the point of view
from which the story is told. The literature emphasises that there are two basic forms of
narrative - diegesis and mimesis. The former term denotes telling a story while the latter
means showing a series of events. Another important aspect of a narrative is the mode of time
(Bell, 2002).
3.7.1 DATA COLLECTION
The PAR Intervention study adopted a hybrid approach, embracing the personified
narrator‘s point of view through a simple series of events. Accordingly, referrals to the
Logbook were incorporated in the text to contextualise some of the statements, improve the
overall sequence and enhance its validity. Subsequently, the Logbook was converted into a
delimited format (CSV file). The purpose was to make it accessible from other content
analysis tools (in this case, Leximancer). The data collected addressed the following research
question: How is an HDSS (online GIS-based DSS) developed and implemented? The
Logbook provided important information about the process undertaken to develop and design
the HDSS (i.e., PAR intervention), including the different stages, elements, and
characteristics of each cycle. The next section provides further detail of the method
incorporated to analyse this valuable data.
3.7.2 DATA ANALYSIS
To analyse the data, it was initially classified by different stages of HDSS development
(i.e., introduction, interaction, and trialling). The data was analysed and some of the main
findings (key themes and concepts) associated with the respective stage of development or
PAR intervention identified. Data analysed helped to identify, for example, what concepts
were mostly discussed during each stage. These findings were articulated and incorporated
into a narrative detailed story (see Chapter 4), followed by notes and statements to
44
Chapter 3: Research Method
substantiate some of the identified key findings. Greenhalgh et al. (2005, p. 445) defined this
method as organisational case study. They described this as the, “Detailed description of „the
case‟ as a context for events, plus chronological account of particular events as they
unfolded during the study”. Thus, based on the recommendations of Greenhalgh et al., the
PAR intervention study was formatted (see Chapter 5). In brief, the adopted narrative
technique was not only an important tool for illustrating the thorough process undertaken to
develop the HDSS through the PAR Intervention cycles, but also an invaluable instrument to
understand its process and characteristics. To some extent, it could be seen as a ‗study-
within-a-study‘.
3.8 DECISION-MAKING IMPACT STUDY
The PAR intervention was embedded within a pre- and post-research design (i.e.,
snapshots) aimed at determining the impact of the intervention on decision-making processes.
Two waves of data collection were used, one prior to the beginning of the PAR intervention
and one following completion of the PAR intervention. To understand the potential role of
HDSS in improving decision-making, both quantitative and qualitative data collection
methods were designed. These methods were employed before and after the PAR
intervention (see Figure 3.1). This, in turn, over time helped in the exploration and
understanding of the decision-making strategies and experiences of the LBHC board
members. Quantitative data (i.e., Survey of decision-making, see Appendix 9.1) was
collected to assess the culture in which decisions were made across LBHC, and measure the
perceived use of evidence, consensus and participation in decision-making. In addition,
satisfaction with information for decision-making and perceived importance of decision-
making were measured. To triangulate data collection, observational data was also collected.
The LBHC board meetings were recorded and transcribed each month for the duration of the
study. The board meetings, minutes of meetings, and summary observational notes were used
to analyse the actual decision-making of the LBHC board.
3.8.1 DATA COLLECTION
Survey of decision-making
To measure the overall climate or culture in which decisions were made across the
LBHC, two independent samples provided ratings at two points in time (prior to the PAR
intervention and following the PAR intervention). A questionnaire is an effective method to
obtain a large sample size for quantitative data analysis. A 25-item survey was constructed
45
Chapter 3: Research Method
based on several decision-making scales (Dean & Sharfman, 1993; Parnell & Bell, 1994;
Flood et al., 2000; Bennett et al., 2010). The questionnaire measured three decision-making
constructs highlighted by Mattessich et al. (2001): use of evidence in decision-making (five
items), consensus (four items), and participation in decision-making (three items). In
addition, two outcome constructs were measured: perceived importance of decision-making
(three items), and satisfaction with information for decision-making (ten items). The items
associated with the use of evidence in decision-making (also called ‗rationality‘ by Dean &
Sharfman, 1993) focused on the use of analytic techniques to identify problems and make
decisions. Items associated with consensus explored whether decisions were received with
the agreement of all parties (Flood et al., 2000). Items pertaining to participation examined
whether decisions were made in a participatory manner. Notably, only three items from this
construct were extracted (Parnell and Bell, 1994, p. 524). Parnell and Bell (1994) suggest that
these items measure decision quality and productivity as a result of participation, whereas the
other four items focus on the impact of individual members. Therefore, it was justified that
these items be excluded from the construct. Next, items associated with the fourth construct
(i.e., importance) explain the characteristics of importance of decision-making. Lastly, items
associated with the fifth construct (i.e., satisfaction with information for decision-making)
complemented other constructs, as it examined whether the provided information was
satisfactory, and underpins the entire process of decision-making. Importantly, some items
were slightly reworded to ensure better fit with the current context (e.g., measures related to
the LBHC). Responses were given on a 7-point Likert scale which ranged from a level of
agreement of 1 = not at all to 7 = completely, with higher scores indicating high agreement
with the respective statement. Although the original scales were different, most response
scales used the 7-point scale, and were thus considered to be the most useful. Table 3.2
presents the survey‘s constructs and their associated items (see also Appendix 9.1).
46
Chapter 3: Research Method
Table 3.2 Questionnaire constructs connected to their associated items
Construct name
Questionnaire items
Evidence-based
decision-making
(derived from Dean &
Sharfman, 1993 )
The LBHC looks for information when making a decision
The LBHC analyses relevant information before making a decision
Analytic techniques are important for making decisions in the LBHC
The process of decision-making within the LBHC tends to be intuitive
The LBHC focuses on crucial information and ignores irrelevant material
Importance of
decisions (derived from Dean &
Sharfman, 1993 )
The LBHC decisions are important
The LBHC decisions have the desired impact
The consequences of delaying LBHC decisions are serious
Consensus in
decision-making
(derived from Flood et
al., 2000 )
LBHC decisions are not final until all relevant members agree
Everyone‘s input is incorporated into important LBHC decisions
It is worth more time to reach consensus on important decisions
When making decisions, the LBHC works hard to reach an agreement
Participation in
decision-making
(derived from Parnell
& Bell, 1994 )
Everyone has a chance to participate in decision-making in the LBHC
The LBHC uses a participatory approach to reach effective decisions
Group decisions in the LBHC are worth any extra time required
Satisfaction with
information for
decision-making (derived from Bennett
et al., 2010)
The information helps me to recognise that a decision needs to be made
The information prepares me to make better decisions
The information helps me to think about the pros and cons of each option
The information helps me to think about which pros and cons are most
important
The information helps me to know what matters most to the decision
The information helps me to organise my own thoughts about the decision
The information helps me to think about how involved I want to be in each
decision
The information helps me to identify questions I want to ask about the
decision
The information prepares me to talk to about the decision
The information prepares me for follow-up discussions about the topic
47
Chapter 3: Research Method
Observational data of actual decision-making
To evaluate the actual decision-making processes, audio-recordings of LBHC board
meetings, minutes and observer‘s notes were analysed. Two sets of meetings (i.e., four
meetings in each phase) were selected before (pre-PAR intervention phase) and after (post-
PAR intervention phase). Specifically, two meetings were selected in each year from the
onset of the study (2008 and 2009) to the post-PAR intervention phase (2010 and 2011). A
preliminary analysis of the data collected showed that early and late year meetings tended to
be less productive in terms of decision-making thoroughness in discussions. Therefore, to
achieve maximum exposure to decisions, meetings were selected at the end of quarter 1
(April-June) and at the end of quarter 3 (October-November) in each year. The number and
nature of the decisions made were extracted from each meeting. An observation tool was
designed to evaluate the way decisions were made in the LBHC board meetings. The scale
compared the following constructs for consistency with the decision-making survey discussed
earlier:
Use of evidence (What was the degree to which information / evidence and
knowledge was used to underpin / influence decisions?)
Participation in decision-making (Who participated in the decision-making
process, and what did each party bring to the process?)
Degree of consensus (What was the outcome of the decision-making process? Was
there consensus or dissent? How was disagreement handled?)
The following sections provide a detailed description of the way in which the data were
analysed.
3.8.2 DATA ANALYSIS
Survey of decision-making
The decision-making survey comprising the 25 items was disseminated to the members
of LBHC (approximately 50 participants) in both written and online formats, so that
participants could select their preferred method of completion. Also, to substantiate the
survey findings and to obtain additional information, participants were given the opportunity
to comment in their own words on the way decisions were made (see Appendix 9.1, Section
C). The data collected in these surveys was analysed and used to understand the role of the
HDSS in improving decision-making.
48
Chapter 3: Research Method
The quantitative data was analysed using the Statistical Package for Social Science
(SPSS). The quantitative analysis techniques employed in this study included descriptive
statistics and t-test. Notably, the literature indicates that a t-test is designated to compare
averages in a research array of pre and post examination (Sarid & Sarid, 2006). Also, analysis
of variance (ANOVA) and post hoc tests were undertaken to obtain additional information on
the findings.
Descriptive statistics were used to summarise the responses, and make an assessment of
the LBHC members‘ overall perceivedness with decision-making processes prior to PAR
Intervention (pre-PAR intervention phase) and after (post-PAR intervention phase). To
analyse the comments given in the survey (see Appendix 9.1, Section C), the content analysis
tool Leximancer was employed. Consequently, the data was analysed and some of the main
findings (key themes and concepts) were identified. Leximancer was then used to obtain a
greater level of information and evidence about decision-making processes in the LBHC.
This, in turn, underpinned some of the quantitative findings identified in the decision-making
survey.
To identify the impact on decision-making processes after the PAR intervention (or the
change over time), an independent groups design was used. Given that LBHC changed
considerably during the course of the PAR Intervention and the staffing of the LBHC
changed as new initiatives were begun or completed, a repeated measures design was not
plausible. Practically, any use of repeated measures analysis based on individually-identified
data tracked over time would have resulted in missing data samples and sizes that were too
small to generate sufficient power. In addition, the use of independent groups‘ analysis would
violate the assumptions of independence of observations because a core sub-sample would
not be independent. Most importantly, the PAR intervention was not designed to promote
intra-individual changes in decision-making satisfaction as would be measured by repeated
measures analysis. Instead, the PAR intervention was designed to develop a culture of
decision-making based on evidence, consensus and participation. Indeed, it is highly
likely that satisfaction with the decision-making processes and perceptions about decision-
making in the LBHC would be correlated with the duration of engagement in the LBHC.
Thus, any repeated measurements of decision-making satisfaction may simply represent
maturation within the individual or change that would have been expected over time without
any PAR Intervention.
49
Chapter 3: Research Method
For these reasons, and to ensure that the assumptions of an independent groups design
could be upheld, participants selected for Time 1 (pre-PAR intervention phase) did not
participate at Time 2 (post-PAR intervention phase). Those who participated at post-PAR
intervention Phase were only those who had joined the LBHC since the PAR Intervention
began. By targeting survey participants in this way, the independence of the two observations
was assured and any spurious effect of time on decision-making satisfaction was eliminated.
To analyse the results, the t-test for independent means was used. Thus, the analysis
technique provided important evidence to evaluate the climate or culture in which decisions
were made throughout the study.
Observational data of actual decision-making
To evaluate the way actual decision were made in the LBHC board, a response rate was
determined by the researcher‘s observation and included the following scores: limited use
(e.g., limited use of evidence in the actual decision), moderate use, and high use. Table 3.3
presents how decisions were scored in the decision-making scale. To obtain an in-depth
understanding of the actual decision-making processes, data collected through the LBHC
board meetings, content analysis and observation summaries were used for the analysis
purpose. Thematic (i.e., content) analysis is defined by Gibson (2006, p.1) as, ―An approach
to dealing with data that involves the creation and application of „codes‟ to data. The „data‟
being analysed might take any number of forms – an interview transcript, field notes, policy
documents, photographs, video footage”. Thematic analysis demonstrated how evaluation of
the raw data of the LBHC board meetings (e.g., audio records, transcripts, minutes of
meetings and observer notes) progressed and led to the identification of overarching themes
that captured the phenomenon of performance feedback as observed in this study (Fereday &
Muir-Cochrane, 2008). Practically, the raw data were divided into data obtained before and
after the DSS intervention (i.e., pre-PAR intervention and post-PAR intervention). To process
the content analysis, the software tool Leximancer was utilised. Accordingly, content analysis
was carried out on the data collected from each selected meeting. Themes of the actual
identified decision-making processes were then formulated. In addition, important notes were
used to substantiate some of the findings presented. Each board meeting was then analysed
separately, and the findings summarised in Table 3.3 which presents the decision-making
constructs and descriptors. Thus, the data analysis procedures provided an important tool to
test whether actual decisions had changed over time throughout the study.
50
Chapter 3: Research Method
Table 3.3 Constructs of actual decision-making
3.9 RELIABILITY, VALIDITY AND ETHICS
The literature emphasises the importance of the reliability, validity and quality of
research. In this regard, Cavana et al. (2001) suggested that eight hallmarks be considered:
(1) purposiveness – scientific research has to have an aim or purpose; (2) rigour – ensures a
good theoretical base and a sound methodological design; (3) testability – logically developed
research objectives need to be tested; (4) replicability – the research, if repeated in other
circumstances, should provide similar findings, thereby increasing the credibility of the
findings; (5) accuracy – refers to how close the findings are to reality, based on a sample; (6)
objectivity – conclusions drawn from the results of data analysis should be based on the
factual rather than the subjective or emotional; (7) generalisability – the applicability of the
research findings in one organisational setting to another; (8) parsimony – a simplicity in
explaining the phenomena or problems that occur. Yin (2003) also noted the importance of
Use of evidence Level of participation Level of consensus
Limited level Evidence limited to
personal assumptions or
opinions and hearsay
Only a few members (i.e.,
less than 50%) played an
active role in the
discussion by speaking or
presenting a viewpoint
Only a few members
(i.e., less than 50%)
verbally agreed with
the decision, or no
opportunities were
available to disagree
(i.e., no requests to
indicate agreement, or
active disagreement
was suppressed)
Moderate level Discussion of knowledge
drawn from sources other
than personal opinion or
reference to internally
prepared evidence (i.e.,
local reports)
At least 50% of members
played an active role in
the discussion or
provided input that
influenced the decision-
making process
Most members agreed
with the decision or all
members agreed, but
limited opportunities
were available to
disagree
High level External evidence from
multiple sources was
reviewed and
incorporated in the
discussion
Input of some kind was
evident from all
members, or a
comprehensive and
enthusiastic discussion
was held that engaged
more than 50% of the
members
All members agreed
unreservedly with the
decision
51
Chapter 3: Research Method
validity in that it should not only ensure research is of high quality, but should also be
officially accepted and approved. Cavana et al. (2001) argued, however, that it is not possible
to meet all of these hallmarks completely.
Generally, the goal of research case study is to minimise errors and bias (Yin, 2003).
Driven by Yin (2003) and Cavana et al. (2001) and to ensure research quality and credibility,
the following actions were undertaken in the study. First, the decision-making draft survey
was tested through a pilot sample to ascertain its full validity before it was administered to a
larger sample group large sample group as suggested by (Gorard, 2003). Accordingly, a
group of respondents for the pilot survey were selected from colleagues at the Griffith
University‘s School of Health and postgraduate students at the Queensland University of
Technology‗s School of Urban Development. Participants were asked to provide comments
and suggestions with regard to the questionnaire structure. Feedback included the flow of
questions, appropriateness of wording, and time taken to answer the questions (as described
by Gorard, 2003). The survey was modified accordingly, and the research moved into the
next phase where the questionnaires were distributed to the LBHC members. These
procedures were also applied in the User Satisfaction Survey.
As for the qualitative data, Morse et al. (2002) suggested a number of strategies to
ensure trustworthiness in qualitative research: (1) promote investigator responsiveness; (2)
ensure methodological coherence; (3) ensure an appropriate sample; (4) pursue data
saturation or representativeness; (5) seek negative cases; (6) collect and analyse data
concurrently; (7) think theoretically and confirm ideas in new data; (8) engage in theory
development (i.e., move from the particular (micro) to the general (macro) and test on
original data. The study incorporated some of these strategies to ascertain the qualitative
analysis outcomes. For instance, the qualitative data was obtained and analysed after each
board meeting. This, in turn enabled authentication and validation of the findings.
Ethical clearance was required, and the application was reviewed by the Human
Research Ethics Committee (HREC), Queensland University of Technology. The study met
the requirements of the National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research (i.e.,
approval number: 0900001060) on 16/11/2009.
3.10 SUMMARY
This chapter provided a detailed account of the research design and methods applied to
this study. The methods used to address the research questions and achieve the study
52
Chapter 3: Research Method
objectives were described. The overall research design, process and timeline were introduced,
followed by an explanation of the PAR cycles. The chapter described the quantitative and
qualitative data collection and analysis methods in detail, with descriptions of these
techniques highlighting the theoretical and methodological links.
53
Chapter 4: Participatory Action Research Intervention
Chapter 4: Participatory Action Research
Intervention
4.1 PREVIEW
Chapter 4 describes the system design and implementation process which was
undertaken to develop the HDSS. It presents the data collection methods, processes of
development, data analysis techniques, and the collaborative approach implemented (i.e.,
PAR utilising three PAR cycles) to develop such a system.
4.2 BACKGROUND
The HDSS2 was implemented in three PAR cycles, namely: PAR Cycle 1 (introduction
stage), PAR Cycle 2 (interaction stage), and PAR Cycle 3 (trialling stage). The period of time
prior to the introduction stage was termed the pre-PAR intervention phase, whereas the
period subsequent to this was termed the post-PAR intervention phase. The introduction stage
covered the period when the concept of GIS was first introduced to the LBHC board
members and during this stage several introductory presentations were conducted. The
interaction stage was associated with the period of time when the LBHC board members were
engaged (i.e., through consultation meetings, workshops etc.) in designing the system in a
collaborative manner. The trialling stage was aligned with the period when the HDSS tool
was officially deployed and LBHC board members were using the system. Figure 4.1 depicts
the HDSS stages of development (PAR Cycles) and the respective timelines.
2 HDSS denotes the name of the system prototype, whereas DSS is a term which represents the decision support systems
concept.
54
Chapter 4: Participatory Action Research Intervention
PAR Cycle 2(i.e., Interaction
stage)
PAR Intervention
PAR Cycle 1(i.e., Introduction
stage)
PAR Cycle 3(i.e., Trialling
stage)HDSS Phase 1
Pre–PAR Intervention Phase
August
2008 (ARC and PhD
projects
commenced)
March
2010(Intervention
commenced)
March
2011(HDSS prototype
deployed [HDSS
phase 1])
HD
SS
DE
VE
LO
PM
EN
T P
RO
CE
SS
HDSS Phase 2
March
2012
(HDSS Phase 2)
System design and development
Post–PAR Intervention Phase
Figure 4.1. HDSS process of development (PAR cycles)
55
Chapter 4: Participatory Action Research Intervention
4.3 INTRODUCTION STAGE
The PAR intervention commenced with a series of GIS introductory presentations to
the LBHC board members and other advisory groups that took place in March and April
2010. The primary purpose of this cycle was to raise awareness of the GIS and DSS as tools
to support decision-making. To raise the awareness of the LBHC board members, this cycle
included a number of demonstrations of GIS, as well as discussion about its impact and
potential application to local decision-making in health planning.
4.4 INTERACTION STAGE
During the interaction stage, the LBHC board members collaboratively defined the key
components for designing the HDSS: Information items, features and functionality, and
system workflows. The following provides more information about the instruments used to
design and develop the system. Table 4.1 presents the main findings from the Information
Items survey. The findings indicate that the most essential information items included
socioeconomic, demographic, public transportation, shops, roads, recreation, community
facilities, education facilities, health facilities and disease data. Two data items (health
behaviours and hospital admissions) were indicated as being essential, but due to difficulties
accessing these datasets, this data was not used in the HDSS prototype.
56
Chapter 4: Participatory Action Research Intervention
Table 4.1 Information items survey results
Please rate your level of requirement for each of the
following information items. For example, tick the cell
that best represents how important you think each
type of information is for inclusion in the HDSS
prototype. Please add any comments you think may be
relevant to our decisions about information
This group of
information
items is
essential now
N (%)
This group
of
information
items could
be included
in phase 2 of
the HDSS
N (%)
This group of
information
items is not
necessary at all
N (%)
Demographic (Population, Projected population (2007-
2027), Mortality rate, Indigenous, Multicultural (Clustered
Nationalities), Nationalities and Population density)
10 (100%)
___ ___
Socio Economic (SEIFA Index, Employment and
Unemployment rate, Income average and financial
resources, Internet access, Education, Businesses by
Industry Division, and Public Housing
9 (90%) 1 (10%)
___
Sustainable Built and Natural Environments
(Environmental hazards, Biodiversity and Contaminated
land)
2 (20%) 8 (80%)
___
Terrain (Aerial images, Topography and Contour) 1 (10%) 7 (70%) 2 (20%)
Public transportation (Bus stations, Bus routes, Railway
Stations and Railway routes)
10 (100%) ___ ___
Recreation (Parks, City swimming pools, Sporting
facilities and Cycling paths)
10 (100%) ___ ___
Emergency (Police, Fire station and Ambulance station) 4 (40%) 6 (60%) ___
Shops (Shopping centres, Fast food outlets) 8 (80%) 2 (20%) ___
Roads (Major roads and Streets) 9 (90%) 1 (10%) ___
Health facilities (Pharmacies, Aged care, Breast Screen,
Child Health, Medical Services, Mental health, Oral
health, Public hospitals, Private hospitals, GP‘s and
Medicare)
10 (100%)
___
Education Facilities (Child community Services, Higher
education, Libraries, Schools, Special education, State Pre
School, Youth clubs, Play groups and Universities /
TAFE)
9 (90%) 1 (10%)
___
Community facilities (Non-profit organisations,
Community centres, Community facilities, Community
Welfare, Employment services, Religious institutions,
Services clubs, Social clubs Sporting clubs, Youth clubs,
Schools, State, Non-state schools and Centre link offices)
9 (90%) 1 (10%)
___
*** Health Behaviours (Obesity [BMI]) 10 (100%) ___ ___
*** Hospital admissions (summary by year of the total
number of separations by SLA for the following admitted
diseases: Depression, Cardiovascular, Diabetes
and Asthma)
10 (100%)
___ ___
Health data (Avoidable mortality, Chronic disease,
Composite indicators chronic diseases, Health Risk
Factors, Premature mortality by selected cause, Private
health insurance and Self assessed health)
8 (80%)
___
2 (20%)
*** Indicated as being essential, but due to difficulties accessing these datasets, this data was not used in the
HDSS prototype.
57
Chapter 4: Participatory Action Research Intervention
Table 4.2 presents the final list of selected features and functions which were included in the
HDSS prototype, along with a description of the purpose of each.
Table 4.2 Features and functionalities selected by LBHC board members for the HDSS prototype
Feature / Function Purpose
User Login Screen for user to log into system
Map Navigation Basic Map Navigation, including zooming and panning
Base Map/ Imagery View Ability to select aerial imagery or street maps as a base
view
Layers Ability to view health and demographic layers of the
LBHC
Layer list Ability to turn layers on or off
Identify attributes Ability to view details of attributes found at a certain
location
Online Help Accessibility to text on help notes for using the system
Print Map Ability to print a map
Map Legend Ability to view an image indicating symbology used in
the map
Layer Metadata Ability to view metadata (i.e., data on data) for each of
the layers used in the system
Spatial Bookmarks Ability to store the extent of a view for quick zoom in
Simple Search Ability to undertake a simple geographical search of a
name field on two spatial layers: SLAs (Statistical
Local Areas) and community health centres
Redlining and Measurements Ability to draw points, lines, polygons and text on the
map
User Feedback Ability for users to submit feedback regarding data set
issues, updates or any other requirements of the system.
Accessibility analysis Ability to compute the service area of two layers
(public hospitals and GPs) based on driving or
pedestrian travel time
Proximity function Ability to find features in specified layers (public
hospitals and GPs) within a specified buffer distance of
a point entered by the user
Based on the information items selected and the defined features and functionality, the
LBHC board members were consulted to articulate the details of the two workflows of the
HDSS prototype (i.e., proximity and accessibility to health facilities). Two of the designated
workflows are illustrated in Tables 4.3 and 4.4.
58
Chapter 4: Participatory Action Research Intervention
Table 4.3 Proposed workflow for accessibility function
Workflow
Name
Accessibility Function
Description The literature emphasises that accessibility to health facilities has been
identified as a key determinant of health.
Objective To test the effect of travel time to health facilities
End Users LBHC members, Logan and Scenic Rim planners
Outcome To Identify gaps in the provision of health facilities in the community
Workflow 1. User logs into HDSS Prototype.
2. A map view is presented showing SLA boundary suburb
names.
3. The user zooms in to a specific area.
4. The user selects a button on the interface to calculate
service area catchments for a facility layer.
5. A form appears in which the user has the option to:
6. Pick a facility layer which may be one of three types:
Public Hospitals (default)
GP Clinics
Chronic Disease Centres
7. Pick a transport mode:
Pedestrian
Private Car (default)
8. Enter in travel time, (5,10, or 20 minutes)
9. Click on a button to show the service area. The system
processes the request and updates the map to show travel
time from the selected facility in the map view as
polygons.
10. The user can visualise gaps between polygons which
highlight areas not serviced.
11. The user sends the map to the printer.
Optional
Workflow
The user turns on a layer of population statistics to compare demographic
data to the accessibility to facilities.
GIS layers Street map/aerial imagery
SLA
Suburbs
Public hospitals
GP Clinics
Chronic diseases centres
Population statistics (optional)
It is well established in the literature that accessibility to health facilities is a key
determinant of health outcomes (Ensor & Cooper, 2004). Therefore, an ability to analyse the
effect of travel time to health facilities on health is vital for health planners. This scenario
enables end-users to identify gaps in the provision of health facilities within the community
and offers an evidence-based approach for sensible planning of health facilities. The analysis
could be extended by cross referencing additional data layers, such as population, projected
growth, disadvantage indicators or chronic disease prevalence. For example, in order to
perform this analysis, the user chooses to calculate service area catchments for a facility
59
Chapter 4: Participatory Action Research Intervention
layer. The user enters relevant parameters. A facility layer may be one of three types: Public
Hospitals, GP Clinics, Community Health Centres, a mode of transportation (either
pedestrian or private car) and a desired travel time (the default setting is 5, 10 or 20 minutes).
Next, the user clicks to submit the request to the server for processing. The result is sent to
the browser‘s map, showing travel time from the selected facilities as polygons. The user can
visualise gaps between polygons which highlight areas not serviced. The user can also select
additional data layers to examine accessibility to facilities in the context of other factors.
Figure 4.2 illustrates the Service Area accessibility function. Section 4.6 discusses the HDSS
extensively and provides more detail.
Figure 4.2. Service area accessibility function
60
Chapter 4: Participatory Action Research Intervention
Table 4.4 Proposed workflow for proximity analysis function
Workflow Name Proximity Function
Description A workflow to determine whether there are particular types of health
facilities within a specified distance of a user entered location
Objective To identify facilities within a buffer distance
End Users LBHC members
Outcome Highlight facilities in the map view within the specified buffer distance
Workflow 1. User logs into HDSS Prototype.
2. A map view is presented showing SLA boundaries and suburb
names.
3. The user zooms to a specific area.
4. The user selects a button on the interface to undertake
proximity analysis.
5. A form appears in which the user can pick one of three layers
to search:
Hospitals
GP Clinics
Chronic Disease Centres
6. Enter a buffer distance (radial distance).
7. Pick a point on the map to buffer from.
8. Click on a button to find facilities.
9. The system processes the request and returns a transparent
shaded circular buffer around the input location and highlights
any features found in the buffer.
10. The system pops up a message listing the total number of
facilities found and listing them by name.
GIS layers Street base map
SLA
Suburbs
Public Hospitals
GP Clinics
Chronic Disease Centres
The ability to identify the proximity of particular types of health facilities to a user
specified location may be useful to examine the spatial correlation between entities that
influence health. In this workflow, the HDSS helps to determine whether there are particular
types of facilities within a specified distance of a user entered location. This application could
be used, for example, to determine the number of relevant medical centres within 20 km of a
specific residential address. The outcome of this scenario is that health facilities are
highlighted in the map within the user specified buffer distance around a chosen location.
Figure 4.3 demonstrates the proximity function.
61
Chapter 4: Participatory Action Research Intervention
Figure 4.3. Proximity analysis function
4.5 TRIALLING STAGE
During the trialling stage two instruments were used to understand the extent of usage
and degree of satisfaction the HDSS attained. The first instrument was Google Analytics
script which monitored the systems logs. Findings indicate that throughout the three months
of trialling the system, it was visited more than 100 times by 33 unique users (excluding the
admin. group). On average, users spent four minutes using the system. Also, evidence
indicates that some users were using the systems from different computers (e.g., office, home
etc.). Given that only 17 LBHC board members had access to the system and the time of
implementation was short (three months), the extent of usage was considered to be good.
4.5.1 USER SATISFACTION SURVEY FINDINGS
To establish the degree of satisfaction, a user satisfaction survey was utilised to
understand users‘ experiences with the system. Twelve LBHC board members completed the
survey. Given that there were 17 HDSS users at the time, this response rate was considered to
be good (i.e., 70%). As suggested by Omar and Lascu (1993), 23 items were rated according
to importance and performance. These items compiled with the five constructs presented in
Table 3.1, namely, information quality, contribution to planning, services for users, support
for decision-making, and user involvement. In terms of the importance of these attributes, the
findings indicate (see Table 4.5) that all constructs were considered important. Support for
decision-making and services for users rated the highest score (i.e., 6.4), whereas user
62
Chapter 4: Participatory Action Research Intervention
involvement yielded the lowest score (i.e., 5.6). In terms of performance (see Table 4.6),
services for users rated the highest with a score of 6.1, while supports for decision-making
and planning rated the lowest (i.e., 5.0 and 4.9 respectively).
Table 4.5 Means, standard deviations and frequencies of responses to the five constructs of user satisfaction
survey (Importance)
Construct Mean SD N
Information quality (Items 1-9)
6.2 0.4 12
Planning
(Items 10-15)
5.8 0.7 12
Staff and services (Items 16-18)
6.4 0.6 12
System supports for decision-
making
(Items 19-20)
6.4 0.6 12
User involvement
(Items 21-23)
5.6 0.6 12
Table 4.6 Means, standard deviations and frequencies of responses to the five constructs of user satisfaction
survey (Performance)
Construct Mean SD N
Information quality (Items 1-9)
5.1 0.7 12
Planning
(Items 10-15)
4.9 0.9 12
Staff and services (Items 16-18)
6.1 0.4 12
System supports for decision-making
(Items 19-20)
5.0 0.9 12
User involvement
(Items 21-23)
5.7 0.6 12
The performance items were examined individually to gain a better understanding of
what factors impacted on the total scores (see Table 4.7). Findings indicate that technical
competence and helpfulness of the system administrator item rated the highest score (i.e.,
6.67), whereas the accuracy/completeness and currency of the information, and flexibility of
the data applicability to a range of scenarios yielded the lowest score (i.e., 4.67 and 4.64
respectively).
63
Chapter 4: Participatory Action Research Intervention
Table 4.7 Means, standard deviations and frequencies of responses to the 23 items of the user satisfaction survey
Construct Item N Mean Std.
Deviation
Information quality
(Items 1-9)
Availability and timeliness of information
provided by the HDSS 11 5.64 1.12
Ability to access the system without
support from the system administrator 12 6.00 .85
Accuracy and completeness of the
information provided by the system 12 4.67 1.23
Flexibility of the data and its applicability
to a range of scenarios 11 4.64 1.02
User confidence in the system 12 5.17 1.19
Ease of access for users to the HDSS 12 5.33 .88
Current and up-to-date information
provided by the system 12 4.67 1.07
Efficiency of the system in setting up,
update and maintenance 11 5.00 1.09
Relevance of the system outputs to LBHC 12 5.50 1.16
Planning
(Items 10-15)
System priorities that reflect the overall
LBHC objectives 11 5.36 1.28
Defining and monitoring information
systems policies for the HDSS 11 4.00 .89
Level of LBHC involvement in defining
and monitoring the system 11 5.09 1.37
Existence of a planning agenda to develop
the system 11 4.73 1.55
Improvements to the system 11 5.36 .92
System responsiveness to changing user
needs 12 4.75 .96
Staff and services
(Items 16-18)
Quality and competence of the system 12 5.75 .96
Technical competence level of the system
administrator 12 6.67 .49
Communication between users and the
system administrator 12 6.17 .71
System supports for
decision-making
(Items 19-20)
Data analysis capabilities of the system to
support the decision-making process 12 5.17 .83
Availability of tools in the system to
analyse issues related to the Logan
Beaudesert area
12 4.83 1.11
User involvement
(Items 21-23) User‘s feeling of participation in the HDSS
12 5.33 1.07
User influence on the development of the
system 12 5.17 1.11
Helpfulness of the system administrator 12 6.67 .49
Based on Omar and Lascu‘s (1993, p.8) recommendations, the five performance
constructs were multiplied by the importance constructs to yield ‗weighted performance
constructs‘ (Table 3.2). When performance scores were weighted according to importance
ratings, they represented participant views more comprehensively, and therefore attained a
higher level of correlation with overall satisfaction with the system. For example, a high
64
Chapter 4: Participatory Action Research Intervention
score suggests that a valued area (e.g., importance construct that was rated high) was also
perceived to be highly performed by HDSS users. Conversely, a low score means that
performance and importance did not equate well, for instance, a construct that was rated
‗highly important‘ but was perceived to be only moderately performed (e.g., planning).
The weighted performance constructs were then correlated to the overall satisfaction
with the HDSS in its current form (see item 24 in the user satisfaction survey, Appendix 9.2).
The Spearman's correlation test shows that information quality and support for decision-
making constructs were significantly correlated with overall satisfaction (R2=0.62 and 0.59;
p<.05 respectively). The planning construct tended towards a significant correlation with
satisfaction (R2=.37), but none of the other constructs were significantly correlated with
satisfaction (see Table 4.8).
Table 4.8 Correlation coefficients between weighted constructs and overall satisfaction item
Weighted Performance
Construct
Weighted
Mean
Weighted
SD
N Coefficient
Information quality 32.3 5.7 12 0.62 *
Planning 29.2 8.0 12 0.36
Staff and services 39.7 6.2 12 0.37
System supports for
decision-making
32.3 6.8 12 0.59 *
User involvement 32.3 3.3 12 0.28
p<.05, p<.01 * Significant
Respondents were also asked to describe their overall satisfaction in open-ended
questions. This data provided important insights into the areas that were not yet meeting
performance requirements. For instance, the majority of comments confirmed that the system
was not yet fully developed or had not been in use for long enough to evaluate. However, the
participants acknowledged the potential of the system:
“As the system contains more relevant and current information, it will become
more useable and appropriate”;
“It is premature to respond - system hasn't been implemented long enough”;
“I am impressed with the constant improvements within a limited capacity”;
“Given its stage of development, the HDSS is a useful and innovative tool”; and
“The HDSS will be an invaluable tool for anyone connected to the LBHC. It is
clear to see that improvements are constantly taking place”.
65
Chapter 4: Participatory Action Research Intervention
Some participants noted that they found the system to be user friendly, but indicated
that they could not access some information or had not used some features. For instance, one
participant commented that, “I have used the mapping facility in a submission and found it
user friendly”, while another commented on the absence of features that could be included in
future versions of the HDSS: “I would like to see more overt decision support tools included
in the HDSS, for example, that ask users to step through a series of questions to consider
ways they can answer using the HDSS data and tools”.
Although some participants were highly satisfied with the system, further
improvements were required to make the tool more applicable. Analysis of the comments
made by participants demonstrated a focus on further development of the system and data
expansion. The majority of comments made by participants also revealed difficulty in using
the system extensively due to work priorities or other commitments, meaning that they had
insufficient contact with the system to judge its utility effectively. As a result, some
participants felt ‗not ready‘ or that the HDSS had not yet addressed their current needs, even
though they could see how it would do so in the future.
Summary
The quantitative and qualitative findings of the User Satisfaction survey confirm that
overall there was high level of satisfaction with the HDSS (Mean=5.8, SD=1.0, N=12) among
its users. Findings indicate that items associated with system supports for decision-making
and the Information quality constructs were highly important to participants. However, these
constructs were only rated by HDSS users as performing at a moderate level. The correlation
findings indicate that System supports for decision-making and Information quality were
positively associated with overall satisfaction of HDSS users. Although the Planning
construct was considered important by participants, it was found to be moderately correlated
to the Overall satisfaction construct, presumably due to attaining lower level of performance.
Qualitative data suggests that lower levels of overall satisfaction may be due to the lack
of current information as the system was still under development process, or the short time
involved since the system had been implemented. Conversely, participants indicated the
presence of constant improvement in the system, which they appreciated. However, they
wanted improved functionality which would enhance the system‘s applicability to their local
decisions and planning attempts. In summary, the findings show that there was moderate to
high satisfaction with the HDSS. However, the findings also show that significant
66
Chapter 4: Participatory Action Research Intervention
development and data expansion was required to improve its utility as a tool for decision-
making, and consequently to attain higher levels of satisfaction among users.
4.6 SYSTEM DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
4.6.1 SYSTEM DESIGN
The HDSS required a flexible web-based GIS interface. Amongst the expected
system requirements were:
An interface that invites exploration and visualisation of the extensive GIS dataset;
A flexible user-centred web interface for the HDSS compiled through this GIS
dataset;
Capability to modify features and dataset based on ongoing feedback from HDSS
users.
One of the primary challenges was to design a simple, engaging, and usable interface
that helped users to make informed decisions. The final interface linked users to an extensive
dataset relating to the Logan Beaudesert district. Information in the HDSS was based on
Schulz & Northridge‘s (2004) framework (see Figure 2.2), and the information item survey
findings (see Table 4.1). The final HDSS can be viewed at the following link:
http://gis03.rcs.griffith.edu.au/HDSS/HDSSViewer/index.html. Figure 4.4 shows a snapshot
from the HDSS, while the following section provides architectural details of the system.
Figure 4.4. HDSS snapshot
67
Chapter 4: Participatory Action Research Intervention
4.6.2 SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE
To assess the analytical capabilities of HDSS, such as geographical-based queries,
attribute-based queries and map-based outputs, it was imperative to design the system
architecture in an adequate manner. Figure 4.5 presents the overall architecture of the HDSS.
Specifically, the HDSS is comprised of three tiers, namely: HDSS user interface tier, HDSS
application tier, and HDSS database tier. HDSS database tier represents the system
geodatabase which is based on the ESRI SDE product on top of the SQL Server. This tier
enables the saving, maintaining and updating of the different GIS layers and system users.
The HDSS application tier is the core engine of the system, and is based on the ESRI ArcGIS
Server product hosted on the Griffith University server. This tier enables managing of the
different geographical queries requested by HDSS users (e.g., to turn on and turn off a GIS
layer). The HDSS user interface tier represents the interface between users and the system.
This component is based on a web browser which verifies HDSS user access. HDSS users
were earlier provided with a user name and password that is requested upon start-up of the
system. Once approved, the client computer (i.e., HDSS user) can access the system.
HDSS User
Interface Tier
HDSS Database
Tier
(SDE on top of SQL
server)
HDSS Application
Tier
Secure Map Services
ArcGIS Server
GeoDatabase
HDSS
Users (client
computer)
Figure 4.5. System architecture
4.7 SUMMARY
Chapter 4 provided technical details about the PAR intervention approach adopted for
designing and implementing the HDSS. The PAR approach consisted of three cycles that
were executed: PAR Cycle 1 (introduction stage), PAR Cycle 2 (interaction stage), and PAR
Secure map services
ArcGIS
Viewer
HDSS
users
68
Chapter 4: Participatory Action Research Intervention
Cycle 3 (trialling stage). In PAR Cycle 1 the primary purpose was to raise awareness of the
GIS concept for decision-making, and that was implemented by a series of GIS introductory
presentations with the LBHC board members. In PAR Cycle 2 the technical requirements of
the HDSS were designed in a collaborative manner. In PAR Cycle 3, the system was
deployed and trialled for three months. Findings indicate that although the system was
designed in a collaborative manner and in accordance with the LBHC board needs,
substantial development and expansion was still required (based on the user satisfaction
survey conducted during PAR Cycle 3). Furthermore, findings suggest that more analytical
tools were required to improve the use of evidence in decision-making and make the HDSS
more applicable tool. In addition, the chapter provided information about the HDSS interface
and its technical architecture. Thus, Chapter 4 showed the way in which PAR Intervention
was implemented in order to collaboratively develop, design and trial the HDSS by LBHC
board members.
69
Chapter 5: Participatory Action Research Intervention Study
Chapter 5: Participatory Action Research
Intervention Study
5.1 PREVIEW
Chapter 5 examines the PAR intervention through the three cycles executed to develop,
design and trial the HDSS. The chapter presents the personified narrator‘s point of view
throughout a series of events recorded in a Logbook. In addition, referrals to the Logbook
were used to support the findings, and to better understand the characteristics of each PAR
cycle.
5.2 BACKGROUND
To attain better understanding of the PAR intervention through the three PAR cycles
implemented, Logbook records were used and analysed. The Logbook recorded the numerous
actions, including meetings, consultations, workshops, emails, webinars, and other
interactions that occurred during the PAR intervention. Specifically, the Logbook items and
statements recorded were used to understand the characteristics and notion of each PAR
cycle. This, in turn, provided important evidence about the process and key elements
involved in the design, development and trialling of the HDSS. Importantly, the PAR
Intervention study also helped to identify the knowledge that was created throughout this
process. Therefore, the PAR Intervention study played an important role in attempting to
understand, observe and explore the implications of the PAR Intervention in designing the
HDSS framework.
5.3 PAR CYCLE 1
Although the GIS concept was introduced informally on several occasions throughout
2008-2009, it was formally presented to the LBHC board members at a meeting in April
2010, after baseline data has been collected. During this meeting, details and a variety of
maps were presented to explain and clarify the potential role of GIS in health planning.
LBHC board members were encouraged to think about their required data needs. In one of
these presentations, a participant stated: “we need to know what information should be
included in the system” (Appendix 9.4, item 12). As a result of the initial interaction, some
LBHC board members requested additional data. During the presentations, one participant
70
Chapter 5: Participatory Action Research Intervention Study
noted: “Yes I agree this is an important marker in the development of evidence used in the
LBHC‖ (Appendix 9.4, item 12). These reactions implied an evolving awareness of the use of
evidence in the LBHC board‘s decision-making processes.
5.4 PAR CYCLE 2
Subsequent to the formal GIS introductory meeting in April 2010, an approval was
sought to commence the HDSS development process. The LBHC board members endorsed
and authorised the project to proceed. According to LBHC board members, “The board
recognises the HDSS potential and approved to continue with the project” (Appendix 9.4,
item 12). In line with the board decision, an HDSS steering committee was established which
consisted of 12 LBHC board members, Griffith University researchers and other LBHC
stakeholders. This smaller but valuable group represented all segments in the LBHC, and
maintained an active role in decision-making about the HDSS (e.g., what functionality and
features should be included in the HDSS prototype). Several consultations were held with
relevant experts at the national level where a simple DSS was being used, such as the
Department of Health in Western Australia (DOHWA), Spatial Vision Ltd (a GIS developer),
the Cooperative Research Centre for Spatial Information (CRC-SI) which hosted experts in
GIS, Griffith Enterprise, and ESRI Australia. The primary purpose of these meetings was to
understand the system specification needs, obtain feedback, and learn from other experiences.
In 2010, DOHWA developed a similar tool named HealthTracks, which is being utilised by a
small group of health planners and decision-makers within the department. This consultation
proved fruitful, and important feedback was obtained (Appendix 9.4, items 11-19). To
demonstrate this valuable input, one of the participants noted the following: “I bet if you put
a prototype together and then asked the same question, you would get lots of ideas. It is a bit
like asking about service delivery - people never really know what to say, but they can always
critique what they have at the moment. It may be a matter of trying to extract the principles -
i.e., think of a software program you currently use in your work, what are the features that
annoy you most, make life easiest for you etc.‖ (Appendix 9.4, item 18). On the basis of this
feedback, it was decided to scope the system with an external partner, Spatial Vision Ltd,
which had developed HealthTracks in West Australia. It was also decided to maintain
dialogue with DOHWA (Appendix 9.4, item 19).
During this period, requests for data or maps began occurring from LBHC members.
For example, on one occasion a LBHC member sent the following request: ―I was wondering
71
Chapter 5: Participatory Action Research Intervention Study
if it were possible to send me any data about where patients with type 2 diabetes are living in
the Logan Beaudesert Area? I‟m putting together a business case at present and it would
help me pinpoint areas where there are high concentrations of diabetics, as I‟m proposing
that we extend our level of dietician clinics in the area” (Appendix 9.4, item 25).
Throughout August 2010 (Appendix 9.4, items 24-54), an extensive number of
meetings, discussions, consultations, webinars, teleconference calls and emails were
conducted. As a result of these meetings, an earlier decision made by the LBHC board
members (i.e., to scope the HDSS) was changed, and it was decided to collaborate on system
development with DOHWA and CRC-SI (Appendix 9.4, item 23). The bases of this decision
were that access to HealthTracks would speed the project and enable the HDSS to benefit
from previous developments. However, a few concerns and disagreements about this decision
occurred among members of the HDSS steering committee. For example, one participant
noted: “It will be very naïve for us to think that if we have access to HealthTracks that will
meet our requirements. I have been developing GIS systems for almost 10 years and there is
no way we can avoid the specific design phase” (Appendix 9.4, item 36). Thus, given the
disagreements within the group, it was decided to further investigate the advantages and
disadvantages of potential collaboration with the technical persons of DOHWA and CRC-SI.
Discussions were conducted with a range of GIS experts, and it was decided to request
Spatial Vision Ltd to conduct a specifications report. As one of the participant concluded:
“there is a risk that if we came at it using the HealthTracks system we may not end up with
the system that meets our needs both in the architecture or the interface” (Appendix 9.4, item
51). Thus, it was agreed that once the HDSS specifications report was completed, the HDSS
steering committee would re-assess collaboration with DOHWA and CRC-SI.
In early November 2010, Spatial Vision Ltd sent a specifications draft report which was
circulated amongst the HDSS steering committee members. Their feedback was incorporated
into the final report which was again distributed for their perusal and final endorsement. Once
endorsement was granted, an additional consultation meeting was held on 22/11/2010, when
it was decided to continue the development phase with Spatial Vision Ltd. Potential
collaboration with DOHWA and CRC-SI was not reconsidered at this time.
Development officially commenced in December 2010, and by 07/02/2010, a beta site
was released. A request for feedback was circulated to the HDSS steering committee. Initial
feedback from this steering panel was obtained and incorporated into a Corrections Report
(Appendix 9.3). The corrections were addressed and the HDSS was installed on 22/02/2011.
72
Chapter 5: Participatory Action Research Intervention Study
On 01/03/2011, after completing the testing and technical checks, the HDSS was officially
deployed. This deployment concluded the Interaction Stage and all feedback provided beyond
this time became associated with the Trialling Stage.
5.5 PAR CYCLE 3
The trailing stage officially commenced after the system was deployed on 01/03/2011.
An additional technical meeting was held (See Appendix 9.4, item 118) to define the way in
which the system would be supported, and how LBHC users would gain access. In the first
few weeks, LBHC board members were provided with intense training, after which they were
asked to comment on their experience. Their feedback was incorporated into the system.
Some of the feedback (i.e., mostly additional data requests) could not be instantly addressed,
but would be fully incorporated as the system evolved. Once this stage was completed, the
HDSS usage was expanded to all LBHC board members. The board members were provided
with one-on-one HDSS training sessions, telephone support for their questions or needs,
remote assistance, and online support via YouTube channel (http://tinyurl.com/3fafy3v).
During the first few weeks after the HDSS became fully operational, a large amount of
feedback was provided by LBHC board members in regard to layer names, errors or issues in
datasets, and additional data requests. These comments were documented in a Feedback
Report. It was suggested that the HDSS be updated once a month after collecting feedback
from LBHC board members. Their feedback was collected through group emails and a
dedicated HDSS virtual group (similar to a Facebook or other social networking group).
5.6 CONTENT ANALYSIS-BASED FINDINGS
The content analysis tool Leximancer was used to substantiate findings derived from
the Logbook. The data (minutes, correspondences and observer‘s notes) from each PAR cycle
was analysed. Then, some of the main findings (key themes and concepts) associated with the
respective stage of HDSS development (PAR cycle) were identified. The following sections
present findings driven by the use of the Leximancer content analysis3 tool. Figure 5.1
presents key themes which were associated with PAR Cycle 1 (introduction stage). In this
regard, themes that were located closer to the introduction stage were more closely related.
The following themes were identified: access, data, layers, and development. Thus, it can be
summarised that most themes pertained to data, information needs and access. In fact, this
3 In terms of the themes and concepts maps, the closer the themes or the concepts are to the stage‘s label, the better it
interweaves. Furthermore, the brightness of a concept‘s label reflects its frequency in the text. That is, the brighter the
concept label, the more often the concept is coded in the text.
73
Chapter 5: Participatory Action Research Intervention Study
was mostly discussed in the Introduction Stage at the LBHC meeting held in April 2010
when the GIS concept was formally introduced.
Figure 5.1. Introduction stage themes and concepts map (based on minutes from the LBHC board meeting, April
2010)
As for the interaction stage, the main findings (key themes and concepts) in the
Logbook which were associated with PAR Cycle 2 (interaction stage) were identified.
Figures 5.2 presents key themes which were associated (i.e., closer in the map to the DSS
interaction stage label) with the interaction stage. The following themes were identified:
project, time, take, further, work, LBHC, layers, data, and use. Thus, a likely conclusion was
that most of the themes were associated with the designing elements of the HDSS, its
potential partners, its role, architecture and system, prospective usage, and continual work.
This has required extensive interaction and feedback from all stakeholders and partners
involved in this process.
74
Chapter 5: Participatory Action Research Intervention Study
Figure 5.2. Interaction stage themes and concepts map (derived from Logbook items associated with the
interaction stage)
Finally, the main findings (key themes and concepts) associated with PAR cycle 3
(trialling stage) are outlined. Analysis was based on items from the Logbook and minutes of
meetings associated with the trialling stage. Figures 5.3 presents key themes and concepts
(i.e., closer in the map to the HDSS trialling stage label) which were associated with the
trialling stage. The following themes and concepts were identified: meeting, time, use, GIS,
development, and process. Findings indicate that although the system was deployed, further
development was still required, and additional feedback needed to be collected from the
LBHC board members. This required extensive support and cooperation from the HDSS end-
users (LBHC board members), and further discussion about the future and scope of this
system (i.e., HDSS phase 2) was essential. To address this need, HDSS end-users were given
the opportunity to provide constant feedback about the system through a report of corrections
which was sent monthly (e.g., see Appendix 9.3). Ultimately, it improved the system and
maintained the PAR intervention approach introduced in Chapter 3.
75
Chapter 5: Participatory Action Research Intervention Study
Figure 5.3. Trailing stage themes and concepts map (derived from Logbook items associated with the
trialling stage)
5.7 SUMMARY
This chapter presented the PAR intervention as a narrative story. The PAR cycles were
described in detail with evidence drawn from the Logbook, with all Logbook entries analysed
using Leximancer to understand the characteristics of each PAR cycle. Findings indicate that
themes and concepts associated with access, information data and layers were correlated to
PAR Cycle 1 (Introduction stage), whereas themes and concepts associated with further
work, action, LBHC board, scoping and needs, were related to PAR Cycle 2 (interaction
stage). Furthermore, themes and concepts associated with development, process, next phase
and projects were linked to PAR Cycle 3 (trialling stage). These findings highlight the
theoretical and methodological links which were discussed extensively in previous chapters,
in addition to addressing the following research question: How is an HDSS (online GIS-
based DSS) developed and implemented? Thus, the chapter provided imperative evidence to
thoroughly understand the PAR intervention characteristics.
77
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
6.1 PREVIEW
Chapter 6 presents quantitative and qualitative findings about the way in which
decisions were made by the LBHC, before and after the PAR intervention. The chapter shows
the overall impact of the HDSS on the broader group of LBHC (i.e., the climate or culture in
which decisions were made), and the specific impact of actual decisions made by the group of
decision-makers (i.e., LBHC board members).
6.2 BACKGROUND
The purpose of the chapter is to examine the impact of the design, development and
implementation of the HDSS on decision-making processes. As described extensively in
Chapter 3, two methodological instruments were used (i.e., decision-making surveys and
observational data of actual decision-making). The decision-making surveys provided
understanding of the climate or culture in which decisions were made in the whole LBHC,
while the observational data of actual decision-making was used to understand the way
decisions were made by the LBHC board members throughout the study.
The decision-making surveys were conducted in two iterations. The first round was
undertaken during March 2010 in the pre-PAR intervention phase, and the second round
during July 2011 in the Post-PAR intervention phase. To provide context for the quantitative
findings in the survey, participants were also asked to comment in their own words on their
decision-making processes and experiences.
As for the observational data of actual decision-making, the required data was obtained
by collecting audio-recordings of LBHC board meetings, minutes and observer‘s notes.
Subsequently, a decision-making scale was designed to evaluate the way decisions were
made in the LBHC board meetings (see Table 3.3). The scale embraced the following
constructs: use of evidence in decision-making, degree of participation in decision-making,
and degree of consensus in decision-making. These constructs were observable while
analysing the data from the LBHC board meetings. Both quantitative (findings of surveys)
and qualitative data (observations of actual decision-making) were collected prior to and after
the implementation of the HDSS to explore the decision-making strategies and experiences of
78
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
the LBHC members. This allowed an evaluation of the implementation process and
intervention impact on decision-making processes. In summary, this chapter sheds light on
the way decision-making processes changed over the period of this study, and presents the
overall impact observed.
6.3 DECISION-MAKING SURVEY FINDINGS
The primary focus of these surveys was to identify the culture in which decisions were
made across the whole LBHC. The subsequent sections provide more detail about the
findings of the decision-making surveys.
6.3.1 PRE-PAR INTERVENTION PHASE: SURVEY FINDINGS
At the pre-PAR intervention phase, 40 LBHC participants completed the questionnaire.
Given that there were approximately 50 LBHC members at the time, this response rate was
considered to be good (i.e., 80%). Satisfaction with information for decision-making was
rated lowest of the five constructs (see Table 6.1). Conversely, perceived participation in
decision-making was rated highest. ANOVA and post-hoc tests were then conducted to
compare different groups within the LBHC. Subsequently, participants were divided into
groups representing the different initiatives that were auspiced by the LBHC. Three groups
were constructed representing the different focus of each initiative: governance (LBHC board
members and administrators), health promoting (early years, health promotion and
multicultural initiatives), and service integration (GP integration, information management,
and optimal health). A one way ANOVA test showed the difference between the groups. For
instance, consensus and participation were rated the highest by the governance group.
Interestingly, importance of decision-making was rated the highest by the health promoting
group. Table 6.2 provides more details.
79
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
Table 6.1 Means, standard deviations and frequencies of responses to the five dimensions of decision-making
Table 6.2 ANOVA results by LBHC initiatives pre-PAR intervention phase
Decision-making
construct
Governance
group
Health promoting
group
Service
integration group
Sig
Mean (SD)
N=9
Mean (SD)
N=14
Mean (SD)
N=14
Use of evidence in
decision-making
4.2 (0.9)
4.1 (1.1)
4.4 (0.8)
0.780
Importance of
decision-making
4.3(1.2)
5.6 (1.6)
4.4 (1.4)
0.075**
Consensus in
decision-making
4.8 (1.2)
4.3 (1.6)
4.4 (1.4)
0.750
Participation in
decision-making
5.2 (0.9) 4.6 (1.7)
4.6 (1.3)
0.550
Satisfaction with
information for
decision-making
3.5 (1.4)
3.3 (1.4)
3.6 (1.9)
0.840
p<.05, p<.01 * Significant **non-significant (trended towards significant)
Participants were then grouped into two major age groups (i.e., less than 40 years, and
over 40 years). A one way ANOVA revealed a significant difference in the means for the
following constructs: use of evidence, consensus, participation, satisfaction with information,
and importance. Use of evidence in decision-making showed a trend towards significance.
Specifically, the younger age group reported lower scores on all five constructs (see Table
6.3).
Decision-
making
construct
Mean SD Not at
all
A Little Some Moderately Often Mostly Completely
Use of
evidence in
decision-
making
4.38 1.18 3 (1.8%)
18 (11.0%)
27 (16.6%)
40 (24.5%)
32 (19.6%)
35 (21.5%)
8 (4.9%)
Importance of
decision-
making
4.89 1.58 0
(0%)
9
(9.2%)
23
(23.5%)
17
(17.3%)
10
(10.2%)
24
(24.5%)
15
(15.3%)
Consensus in
decision-
making
4.29 1.57 4
(3.2%)
14
(11.1%)
17
(13.5%)
27
(21.4%)
18
(14.3%)
29
(23.0%)
17
(13.5%)
Participation
in decision-
making
4.41 1.81 4 (3.8%)
9 (8.7%)
14 (13.5%)
14 (13.5%)
20 (19.2%)
21 (20.2%)
22 (21.2%)
Satisfaction
with
information
for decision-
making
3.49 1.53 50
(14.9%)
55
(16.4%)
68
(20.3%)
55
(16.4%)
56
(16.7%)
50
(14.9%)
1
(0.3%)
80
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
Furthermore, participants were then grouped into three major tenure groups. The tenure
groups were constructed to represent duration of members in the LBHC - those who were
new to the LBHC (less than 12 months), intermediate members (12 to 24 months), and
veterans (more than 24 months). One way ANOVA showed no significant difference in the
means for these groups. However, new members and veterans tended to report higher scores
than the intermediate age group (see Table 6.4).
Table 6.3 Comparison of five constructs of decision-making processes with LBHC two major age groups pre-
PAR intervention phase
Decision-
making
construct
0-40 young 40+ veterans Sig
Mean (SD)
N=11
Mean (SD)
N=14
Use of evidence
in decision-
making
3.9 (1.1) 4.7 (0.8) 0.066 *
Importance of
decision-making
4.0 (1.4) 5.5 (1.3) 0.016 *
Consensus in
decision-making
3.6 (1.4) 5.0 (1.2) 0.020 *
Participation in
decision-making
3.7 (1.1) 5.4 (1.4) 0.005 *
Satisfaction
with
information for
decision-making
2.3 (1.5) 4.5 (1.3) 0.002 *
p<.05, p<.01 * Significant, **non-significant (trended towards significant)
Table 6.4 Comparison of five constructs of decision-making processes with LBHC tenure groups pre-PAR
intervention phase
Decision-
making
construct
New to the
LBHC
Intermediate
members
Veterans Sig
Mean (SD)
N=12
Mean (SD)
N=13
Mean (SD)
N=4
Use of
evidence in
decision-
making
4.4 (0.9) 4.0 (1.09) 5 (0.5) 0.190
Importance of
decision-
making
5.0 (2.0) 4.8 (1.4) 6 (0.4) 0.460
Consensus in
decision-
making
4.7 (1.6) 3.9 (1.4) 5.6 (0.6) 0.120
Participation in
decision-
making
4.7 (1.7) 4.2 (1.2) 5.7 (1.1) 0.240
Satisfaction
with
information for
decision-
making
3.7 (1.7) 3.0 (1.4) 4.9 (2.0) 0.140
81
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
The qualitative data provided by the survey‘s participants revealed further detail. For
example, one participant noted that: “Very few decisions have ever been made by the LBHC
board - most decisions are made by a few outside the meeting, and therefore there is no
rigour or transparency to the processes”. Another participant commented on the relative
absence of decision-making: “I'm not sure if any actual planning for the future is made”. The
lack of control over decisions made by the LBHC was a recurrent theme observed in the
participants‘ comments. Figure 6.1 presents key themes which were identified, with findings
from the content analysis (via Leximancer) indicating that participants felt unable to make or
were unclear about making informed decisions without better input (e.g., information and/or
evidence) and change in the processes of decision-making within the coalition.
The majority of comments made by LBHC participants revealed the difficulty
associated with making decisions in the absence of adequate information. One participant
stated that, “we need to identify priority actions, need to be more pro-evidence in our
decision-making”. Another participant noted: ”There is a serious lack of information and
communication [to guide decision-making]”. Thus, the value of using evidence in decision-
making was clear: “If the LBHC goes down the pathway of prioritising strategic directions
based on evidence, inclusive decision-making processes (including community input), this
will have great potential to more appropriately address issues”. Therefore, despite moderate
scores on consensus and participation constructs, some LBHC participants noted that
problems existed in relation to the sense of disconnectedness of the LBHC as a whole and
that this may have a significant impact on decision-making processes.
82
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
Figure 6.1. Themes and concepts map (derived from the pre-PAR intervention phase decision-making survey)
In summary, the pre-PAR intervention phase quantitative and qualitative findings
confirm that overall there were low levels of satisfaction with the decision-making processes
across the LBHC. However, some groups within the LBHC were more satisfied than others
(i.e., those who were over 40 years). There was also a tendency for LBHC board members
(new members and veterans) to be more satisfied with information and perceive higher levels
of consensus, participation and use of evidence in decision-making. The qualitative data in
the survey suggested that the lack of satisfaction with information for decision-making may
be due to the complete lack of evidence on which to base decisions. This lack of evidence
seemed to contribute to a sense of disconnectedness between the different elements of the
LBHC. For example, some groups in the LBHC perceived that the decision-making processes
were not being practised consensually and in a participatory manner. The findings indicated
that within some groups (i.e., LBHC board), there were high levels of consensus and
participation, but this may not occur across the whole LBHC. Therefore, the findings showed
that there is some diversity in the way members of a LBHC view decision-making. Thus,
there was an overall sense that decisions were ineffective, presumably because they were not
based on information or evidence.
83
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
6.3.2 POST-PAR INTERVENTION PHASE: SURVEY FINDINGS
At the post-PAR intervention phase, 42 LBHC participants completed the
questionnaire; however, seven of them were excluded as they participated in the pre-PAR
intervention phase survey. In general, findings showed moderate scores, while Importance of
decision-making was rated lowest of the five constructs (see Table 6.5). Conversely,
satisfaction of information for decision-making was rated highest. ANOVA and post-hoc
tests were then conducted to compare different groups within the LBHC. Participants were
first divided into clusters representing the different initiatives that were auspiced by the
LBHC. Three groups were constructed representing the different focus of each initiative, that
is, Governance group (LBHC board members and administrators), Health promoting (early
years, health promotion and multicultural initiatives) and Service integration (GP integration,
information management, and optimal health) (see also Figure 3.2). A one way ANOVA test
showed the difference between the groups. Use of evidence and participation were rated the
highest while importance of decision-making was rated the lowest. Interestingly, decision-
making constructs associated with the governance group were rated the highest, while
constructs associated with the health promoting group were rated the lowest. However, the
one way ANOVA findings revealed that the difference in means across the groups in the use
of evidence and consensus was significant or trended towards significant. Table 6.6 provides
more details.
Table 6.5 Means, standard deviations and frequencies of responses to the five dimensions of decision-making
processes post-PAR intervention phase
Decision-
making
construct
Mean SD Not at
all
A Little Some Moderately Often Mostly Completely
Use of evidence
in decision-
making
4.51 1.52 9
(5.45%)
7
(4.24%)
24
(14.54%)
28
(16.96%)
19
(11.51)
50
(30.3%)
28
(16.9)
Importance of
decision-making
4.37 1.61 3
(3.22%)
2
(2.15%)
15
(16.1%)
16
(17.2%)
19
(20.4%)
18
(19.35%)
20
(21.5%)
Consensus in
decision-making
4.51 1.75 4
(3.2%)
3
(2.4%)
17
(13.6%)
21
(16.8%)
17
(13.6%)
39
(31.2%)
24
(19.2%)
Participation in
decision-making
4.59 1.95 2
(2.1%)
4
(4.3%)
12
(12.9%)
12
(12.9%)
14
(15.05%)
25
(26.8%)
24
(25.8%)
Satisfaction of
Information for
decision-making
4.48 1.86 6
(1.9%)
11
(3.5%)
35
(11.3%)
47
(15.2%)
76
(24.5%)
97
(31.3%)
37
(11.9%)
Table 6.6 ANOVA results by LBHC initiatives post-PAR intervention phase
84
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
Decision-making
construct
Governanc
e group
Health
promoting
group
Service integration
group
Sig
Mean (SD)
N=10
Mean (SD)
N=15
Mean (SD)
N=10
Use of evidence in
decision-making
5.36 (0.96) 3.89 (1.84)
4.6 (1.07)
0.050 *
Importance of
decision-making
4.8 (1.56) 3.93 (1.86) 4.60 (1.16) 0.370
Consensus in
decision-making
5.20 (1.45) 3.75 (1.98) 4.97 (1.29) 0.07 0**
Participation in
decision-making
5.63 (1.55) 4.04 (2.31) 4.36 (1.36) 0.120
Satisfaction with
information for
decision-making
5.38 (1.06) 3.96 (2.33) 4.37 (1.47) 0.170
p<.05, p<.01 * Significant **non-significant (trended towards significant)
Participants were then grouped into two major age groups (i.e., less than 40 years, and
over 40 years). A one way ANOVA showed a significant difference in the satisfaction with
information and trended towards significant in the use of evidence and importance of
decision-making. Notably, the younger age group reported lower scores on all five constructs,
similar to findings observed in the pre-PAR intervention phase (see Table 6.7).
Subsequently, participants were grouped into three major tenure groups. The tenure
groups were constructed to represent duration of members serving in the LBHC, those who
were new to the LBHC (less than 12 months), intermediate members (12 to 24 months) and
veterans (more than 24 months). Findings indicated that new members tended to report lower
scores, the intermediate age group rated the highest, and the veterans group rated slightly
lower than the intermediate group. However, a one way ANOVA test showed no significant
difference between the means. Table 6.8 provides more details.
85
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
Table 6.7 Comparison of five constructs of decision-making processes with LBHC two major
age groups post- PAR intervention phase
Decision-making
construct 0-40 young 40+ veterans Sig
Mean (SD) N=10
Mean (SD) N=25
Use of evidence in
decision-making
3.80 (1.82) 4.80 (1.32) 0.080 **
Importance of decision-
making
3.60 (1.76) 4.68 (1.47) 0.072 **
Consensus in decision-
making
3.80 (2.05) 4.80 (1.58) 0.130
Participation in
decision-making
3.73 (2.34) 4.93 (1.71) 0.101
Satisfaction with
information for
decision-making
3.11 (1.87) 5.03 (1.58) 0.004 *
p<.05, p<.01 * Significant, **non-significant (trended towards significant)
Table 6.8 Comparison of five constructs of decision-making processes with LBHC tenure groups post-PAR
intervention phase
Decision-
making
construct
New to the
LBHC
Intermediate
members
Veterans Sig
Mean (SD)
N=9
Mean (SD)
N=10
Mean (SD)
N=16
Use of evidence
in decision-
making
3.97 (2.03) 4.92 (.98) 4.56 (1.48) 0.410
Importance of
decision-
making
3.92 (2.22) 4.63 (1.03) 4.45 (1.55) 0.620
Consensus in
decision-
making
4.08 (2.23) 4.60 (1.37) 4.70 (1.74) 0.700
Participation in
decision-
making
4.07 (2.49) 4.80 (1.34) 4.75 (2.00) 0.660
Satisfaction
with
information for
decision-
making
4.53 (2.05) 4.53 (1.41) 4.42 (2.10) 0.980
The qualitative data provided by the survey‘s participants revealed further detail. For
instance, one participant noted that: ―the HDSS provided information that forced us to discuss
and consider implications of future options and plan ahead to maximise positive decisions”.
However, although there was some evidence of increasing usage of information, consensus
and participation in decision-making, one participant noted that: “Evaluations and reflections
86
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
need to be better communicated and time needs to be set aside for groups, programmes and
the LBHC board to understand key messages of evaluations”. Another participant noted that:
“Being a placed-based initiative and from discussions on how effective we are in community
I wonder what direction we are taking and what difference we can make to communities in
health”. However, less positive notes were observed as well; for example, one participant
noted that: “My knowledge of decision-making within teams is limited so this is really a
reflection of governance decision-making”.
Subsequently, a content analysis was conducted across all participants‘ notes in the
decision-making survey. Figure 6.2 presents key themes which were identified. Findings
indicate that survey participants felt that the HDSS developed framework was or could be a
valuable tool for improving decision-making in the LBHC. However, to take it to the next
level, further development should be made with the LBHC board members. The majority of
comments made by survey participants revealed that the HDSS was perceived as a tool that
can provide the necessary information for decision-making. However, some participants
noted the importance of sufficient time allocation and improving communication mechanisms
of decision-making as a crucial and complementary component for any information tool (e.g.,
HDSS). Thus, the value of the HDSS was clear. However, despite evidence of positive
comments by LBHC participants, the major HDSS impact was observed across the following
specific groups: governance group, veterans, and those who served in the LBHC between 12
and 24 months.
87
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
Figure 6.2. Themes and concepts map (derived from the post-PAR intervention survey)
Overall, during the post-PAR intervention phase participants rated the decision-making
constructs higher than the pre-PAR intervention survey (out of the importance of decision-
making construct). However, some groups within the LBHC were more satisfied than others,
for example, those who were over 40 years, had served between 12 and 24 months in the
LBHC, and were associated with the governance group. Consequently, these groups were
more satisfied with information and reported higher levels of consensus, participation and use
of evidence in decision-making. To validate these findings, qualitative data from the survey
was also analysed. The qualitative data in the survey suggested that the HDSS was perceived
as a tool that can provide the necessary information for decision-making. However, some
participants noted the importance of sufficient time allocation and improving communication
mechanisms of decision-making as a crucial and complementary component for any
information tool (e.g., HDSS). The quantitative findings indicated that within some groups
(i.e., governance group, veterans and those who served in the LBHC between 12 and 24
months), there were high levels of decision-making constructs, but that this may not occur
across the whole LBHC. This was also supported by the qualitative findings, as negative
comments by participants were mostly associated with lower scores across the decision-
making constructs. Therefore, the findings showed that there is some diversity in the way
88
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
members of a LBHC view decision-making. Indeed, there was an overall sense that decision-
making were affected by the HDSS mostly within these groups.
6.3.3 COMPARISON BETWEEN PRE AND POST-PAR INTERVENTION DECISION-MAKING
SURVEY FINDINGS
To identify the impact of the HDSS intervention on decision-making, two independent
samples were used. The t-test for independent samples was conducted to compare the means
of five decision-making constructs (see Table 3.2). The literature indicates that the t-test for
independent samples is suitable to compare between averages in a research array of Pre and
Post examination between two independent groups (Sarid & Sarid, 2006). Table 6.9 presents
the results of this analysis in more detail. Findings indicated that there was a significant
difference in the scores for satisfaction with information for decision-making construct
(M=3.49, SD=1.53) in the pre-PAR intervention phase and (M=4.48, SD=1.86) in the post-
PAR intervention phase. This difference was found to be significant. As for the use of
evidence, consensus, and participation constructs, at the post-PAR intervention phase the
scores were slightly higher than at the pre-PAR intervention phase; however, the difference
was not found to be statistically significant. Surprisingly, the importance of the decision-
making construct was rated lower at the post-PAR intervention phase; however, this finding
was not found to be statistically significant. Figure 6.3 illustrates the results of decision-
making constructs throughout the study. The findings suggested that there was a difference
between the ways decisions were perceived in each phase; however, only the difference in the
satisfaction with information for decision-making construct was found to be statistically
significant.
89
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
Table 6.9 Comparison between the means of five decision-making constructs (pre- and post-PAR intervention)
Decision-
making
construct
Mean
(SD)
N Levene's
Test
T DF Sig. (2-
tailed)
Use of
evidence in
decision-
making (Pre and Post)
Pre:
4.38 (1.18)
Post:
4.51(1.52)
Pre: 36
Post: 35
.219 -.394 69 .69
Importance of
decision-
making (Pre and Post)
Pre:
4.89 (1.58)
Post:
4.37(1.61)
Pre: 37
Post: 35
.38 1.38
70 .171
Consensus in
decision-
making (Pre and Post)
Pre:
4.29 (1.57)
Post:
4.51 (1.75)
Pre: 35
Post: 35
.34 -.54 68 .58
Participation
in decision-
making (Pre and Post)
Pre:
4.41 (1.81)
Post:
4.59 (1.95)
Pre: 37
Post: 35
.67 -.38 70 .701
Satisfaction
with
information
for decision-
making (Pre and Post)
Pre:
3.49 (1.53)
Post:
4.48(1.86)
Pre: 35
Post: 35
.419 -2.42 68 * .018
p<.05, p<.01 * Significant, **Non-significant (trended towards significant)
Figure 6.3. Decision-making construct results pre-and post-PAR-intervention phases
90
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
6.3.4 DECISION-MAKING SURVEYS: OVERALL FINDINGS
The survey findings showed that (in general) most of the decision-making constructs
were rated higher in the post-PAR intervention phase. However, some groups within the
LBHC were more satisfied than others (i.e., those who were over 40 years, had served 12 to
24 months in the LBHC, and were associated with the governance group). This, in turn,
implies that the decision-making processes in the LBHC had changed over time towards
greater use of evidence, participation, consensus, and information. However, the qualitative
data in the surveys suggested that there was still a lack of allocated time and communication
mechanisms for decisions makers, and that this area required further attention and
development. Therefore, the findings indicated that there was an overall sense that decisions
were more effective, presumably because they were made with greater information, use of
evidence, participation and consensus. However, the survey only supported these findings in
a partial manner due to non-significant difference across some of the decision-making
constructs (i.e., use of evidence, consensus, and participation). Thus, to overcome this
problem, and to achieve validated findings across these constructs, another methodological
instrument was used (see Section 6.4).
6.4 ACTUAL DECISION-MAKING FINDINGS
As explained in Chapter 3, to identify trends in the number and, more importantly, to
identify the nature of the decisions made by the LBHC board members, two meetings were
selected in each year to provide a sample, commencing from the outset of this study (2008) to
the post-PAR intervention phase (2010 and 2011). To examine whether any change has
occurred in the way actual decisions were made, the analysed meetings were clustered into
two groups. Specifically, four analysed meetings were associated with the period before the
PAR intervention (pre-PAR intervention phase) and four meetings after (post-PAR
intervention phase). Evaluation of the actual decision-making processes was conducted by
listening to audio-recordings of the selected LBHC board meetings, analysing the minutes
and preparing observer‘s notes (see also Table 3.3). To attain a deeper understanding of the
actual decision-making made by the LBHC board members, content analysis has been
conducted for each meeting that was analysed. Through this analysis, key themes and
concepts were identified4. This type of analysis revealed the themes or concepts that were
4 The brightness of a concept‘s label reflects its frequency in the text. That is, the brighter the concept label, the more often
the concept is coded in the text.
91
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
frequently discussed in each LBHC board meeting. In addition, when appropriate,
participants‘ statements were used to substantiate and highlight major findings.
6.4.1 PRE-PAR INTERVENTION PHASE: ACTUAL DECISION-MAKING FINDINGS
Actual decision-making findings: LBHC board meeting conducted on the 08/05/2008
The meeting conducted on 08/05/2008 contained a large number of updates on a variety
of topics. Upon completion of updates, there was a thorough discussion about the key
performance indicators (KPIs) of the LBHC board. This was followed by a discussion on the
GIS as a tool for data collection. Figure 6.4 (Frequency of themes) presents the main themes
and concepts5 identified in this meeting. The content analysis (via Leximancer) indicated that
the discussion was mostly attributed to one participant (i.e., Participant in Figure 6.4), who
led this discussion. Also, Figure 6.4 shows that the GIS and KPI were frequently discussed
during this meeting. During the discussion, one of the participants noted: “the whole point of
getting together in a coalition and make decisions, is to get more as a group”. This
participant noted the importance of making decisions in a consensual or agreed manner (see
Figure 6.4).
Upon completion of the KPIs discussion, one of the participants led a discussion about
the GIS. During this discussion, one of the participants noted: “we need a base line datasets
and measurements”. In response, other participant addressed that comment, saying: “given
the adopted Social Determinant of Health (SDH) approach in the LBHC, further discussion is
required, and the GIS team should be invited to the next LBHC board meeting”. Moreover,
another participant noted that: “we need to be able to consult as the process develops, what
needs to be looked up more thoroughly”.
Two decisions were made during this board meeting. One decision was associated with
KPIs, and one decision with the use of GIS as a tool for data collection within the LBHC.
Overall, the decisions were based on some level of evidence, predominantly provided by the
research team from Griffith University. However, only a few board members participated in
the discussion (three participants). Therefore, decisions made were characterised by a limited
amount of evidence and limited level of participation and consensus. Table 6.10 summarises
the actual decisions according to the three decision-making constructs: use of evidence, level
of participation, and level of consensus.
5 Themes and concepts coloured by red or orange denote the most relevant, and cool colours (e.g., blue, green) denote the
least relevant, whereas the size of the themes and concepts denotes its frequency in the meeting minutes.
92
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
Figure 6.4. Thematic map of the board meeting (derived from the minutes of meeting conducted on the
08/05/2008)
Table 6.10 Summary of the actual decisions according to the three decision-making constructs (derived from
meeting conducted on the 08/05/2008)
Actual decision made Use of evidence Level of
participation
Level of consensus
It was decided to include
KPIs to form evidence of
new partnerships and how
these changed over time
Discussion of knowledge
drawn from sources other
than personal opinion or
reference to internally
prepared evidence (i.e.,
local reports)
Only a few
members (i.e., less
than 50%) played
an active role in the
discussion by
speaking or
presenting a
viewpoint
Only a few members (i.e., less
than 50%) verbally agreed with
the decision, or no
opportunities were available to
disagree (i.e., no requests to
indicate agreement or active
disagreement was suppressed)
***Inclusion of the GIS as
a tool for data collection
within the LBHC
Evidence limited to
personal assumptions or
opinions and hearsay
Only a few
members (i.e., less
than 50%) played
an active role in the
discussion by
speaking or
presenting a
viewpoint
Only a few members (i.e., less
than 50%) verbally agreed with
the decision, or no
opportunities were available to
disagree (i.e., no requests to
indicate agreement or active
disagreement was suppressed)
*** Decision was not reflected in the meeting‘s minutes
93
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
Actual decision-making findings: LBHC board meeting conducted on 13/11/2008
The meeting conducted on 13/11/2008 also contained a large number of updates on a
variety of topics. As a result, substantial time in this meeting was associated with sharing
information. Upon completion of updates, there was a discussion about the Public Health
Plan for Beaudesert followed by a thorough discussion about a new programme, namely the
Q2 Health Promotion Scholars. The Public Health Plan for Beaudesert (which is associated
with planning) was the most frequently discussed topic. In this regard, a thorough discussion
was held and some participants raised questions as to whether this plan should focus on
Beaudesert solely or should also include other nearby rural areas. Figure 6.5 supports the fact
that the public health plan for Beaudesert was extensively discussed in this LBHC board
meeting.
Another discussion was led by the head of the LBHC and focused on the required
expertise needed for the Q2 Health Promotion Scholars programme. Some participants were
more active in this discussion than others. One participant contributed significantly due to his
expertise in the relevant area and his contribution enabled others to interpret the available
information. This participant noted the following: “we are seeking people who are team
workers, aiming to achieve outcomes for the local community, and have knowledge in health
promotion”. However, this input was not noted in the minutes and not documented
elsewhere.
In summary, two decisions were made during this board meeting, one associated with
the public health plan for Beaudesert, and another with the inception of the Q2 Health
Promotion Scholars programme. Although many of the LBHC board members were involved
in the discussion on the public health plan for Beaudesert, little use of evidence was
observed. Indeed, one of the participants noted: “this kind of discussion should be based on
more evidence”. Furthermore, another participant noted: “the more talk the better”,
presumably because it assisted the group to make a decision in a participatory manner.
Overall, both decisions were characterised by only a limited level of participation and
consensus, which was predominantly led by one or two LBHC board members. For example,
during the discussion about the Q2 Health Promotion Scholars Programme, the head of the
discussion rushed the LBHC board members in making the decision by saying: “so are you
happy to support this decision so we can move on?”. Thus, in both decisions, a limited use of
evidence was observed. Table 6.11 summarises the actual decisions according to the three
decision-making constructs: use of evidence, level of participation, and level of consensus.
94
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
Figure 6.5. Thematic map of the board meeting (derived from the minutes of meeting conducted on the
13/11/2008)
Table 6.11 Summary of the actual decisions according to the three decision-making constructs (derived from
meeting conducted on the 13/11/2008)
Actual decision made Use of evidence Level of participation Level of consensus
The LBHC board agreed
to sponsor and fund the
development of a social
plan for Beaudesert
Evidence limited to
personal assumptions or
opinions and hearsay
Only a few members (i.e.,
less than 50%) played an
active role in the
discussion by speaking or
presenting a viewpoint.
Only a few members
(i.e., less than 50%)
verbally agreed with
the decision, or no
opportunities were
available to disagree
(i.e., no requests to
indicate agreement or
active disagreement
was suppressed)
The LBHC board
supported the initiation of
the Q2 Health Promotion
Scholars Programme
Evidence limited to
personal assumptions or
opinions and hearsay
Only a few members (i.e.,
less than 50%) played an
active role in the
discussion by speaking or
presenting a viewpoint
Only a few members
(i.e., less than 50%)
verbally agreed with
the decision, or no
opportunities were
available to disagree
(i.e., no requests to
indicate agreement or
active disagreement
was suppressed)
95
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
Actual decision-making findings: LBHC board meeting conducted on 14/05/2009
The meeting conducted on 14/05/2009 contained a large number of updates on a variety
of topics. As a result, substantial time at this meeting was associated with sharing
information. For instance, it was observed that at least a quarter of the time allocated for the
meeting (30 of 120 minutes) was associated with sharing information. In addition, a large
portion of this meeting focused on evaluation feedback conducted by a group of researchers
from Griffith University. A thorough discussion was held on this topic. Some participants
raised questions in regards to the identified areas of challenges that required further action by
the LBHC board members. For instance, one of the participants noted: “where are the
tangible things?”. Another participant stated: “we need to make our decisions more
grounded in evidence” and, “how do we know that we have achieved what we were aiming to
achieve?”. These statements imply that LBHC board members felt they were not using
enough evidence in making their decisions and that this was amongst their primary concerns.
Figure 6.6 illustrates some of the topics discussed during this meeting: health coalition, the
need for collaboration with a research group that will provide a feedback to the LBHC board
members and the Logan community in the longer term.
Figure 6.6. Thematic map of the board meeting (derived from the minutes of meeting conducted on the
14/05/2009)
96
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
Given that the LBHC board meeting was mostly utilised for updates and receiving
evaluation feedback (provided by the Griffith University research group), only one decision
was made. The decision was associated with endorsement to publish the LBHC board
members activity in the community, by advertising in local newsletters. Overall, the decision
was characterised by a limited level of participation and consensus, with the discussion
predominantly led by only a few board members. The decision was characterised by a limited
level of evidence. Table 6.12 summarises the decision according to the three decision-making
constructs: use of evidence, level of participation, and level of consensus.
Table 6.12 Summary of the actual decisions according to the three decision-making constructs (derived from
meeting conducted on the 14/05/2009)
Actual decision made Use of evidence Degree of collaboration
and participation
Degree of consensus
Endorsement to publish
the LBHC board activity
in the local community,
by advertising in
newsletters
Evidence limited to
personal assumptions or
opinions and hearsay
Only a few members (i.e.,
less than 50%) played an
active role in the
discussion by speaking or
presenting a viewpoint
Only a few members (i.e.,
less than 50%) verbally
agreed with the decision,
or no opportunities were
available to disagree (i.e.,
no requests to indicate
agreement or active
disagreement was
suppressed)
Actual decision-making findings: LBHC board meeting conducted on 08/10/2009
The meeting conducted on 08/10/2009 contained a long informal discussion about the
LBHC board role (approximately 60 minutes). A thorough discussion was held and most
participants raised questions about the ways in which LBHC board members should operate,
and whether the LBHC board had achieved its designated goals. Another discussion was led
by a few board members about the Optimal Health Programme (OHP). The meeting
concluded with a brief discussion about data collection. Figure 6.7 illustrates some of the
topics discussed during this meeting: the different programmes the LBHC board oversees,
and the need for a thorough discussion which will be based on the LBHC programmes
reports.
During the discussion about the role of the LBHC board, one of the participants
stressed that: “if we keep the formal models, we are going back to formats that have not
achieved results in the past”. The discussion pointed out that although the board
acknowledged that there was sufficient evidence to make informed decisions, it was not being
used effectively. One of the participants noted that: “So much knowledge is tossed away, but
97
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
not being channelled to the right place”. Another participant stated that: “It is not just „here
is the money [the LBHC funds health programmes] and that‟s it‟, we need to revaluate these
projects we approve throughout the whole process‖. Another participant critiqued the process
by saying: “shouldn‟t we need to make decisions about the ongoing programmes, and then
revaluate things?”. These statements indicate that the LBHC board members recognised that
(to some extent) it had the necessary evidence to make informed decisions, but not the
capacity or the mechanism to effectively use it. To support this statement, one of the
participants noted that: “we have the evidence but we don‟t have the time to revisit this”.
Another participant noted: “the board has a good base line, but we would like to see some
action plans to address our goals”. There was a consensus that these types of informal
discussions were beneficial for the LBHC board members in exploring their role. In this
sense, one of the participants noted: “At least we had this conversation which was very
good”. Although the discussion was thorough and included many of the LBHC board
members, only one decision was made, that is, to hold regular informal discussions in future
meetings.
Another discussion was led by a few LBHC board members about the OHP. The topic
was introduced, and then a brief discussion held about the collection of data. One participant
noted that: “the reports we are getting are quite good”. However, only a few
LBHC board members took an active part in the discussion. One decision was made in regard
to the OHP, that is, to continue the programme. One of the participants asked: “Are people
happy with this?”, but no response was observed.
Two decisions were made during this LBHC board meeting, one associated with the
inclusion of informal discussions during LBHC board meetings, and the other with the
approval to proceed with the OHP. Overall, one decision was characterised by a high level of
participation and consensus, as a very fruitful discussion was observed in which all LBHC
board members were involved. The other decision was characterised by a high level of
evidence, but a low level of participation and only moderate level of consensus. Table 6.13
summarises the actual decisions according to the three decision-making constructs: use of
evidence, level of participation, and level of consensus.
98
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
Figure 6.7. Thematic map of the board meeting (derived from the minutes of meeting conducted on the
08/10/2009)
Table 6.13 Summary of the actual decisions according to the three decision-making constructs (derived from
meeting conducted on the 08/10/2009)
Actual decision made Use of evidence Level of participation Level of consensus
Have an informal
session at the start of the
LBHC board meetings
(rather than trying to fit
it in at the end of
meetings)
Evidence limited to
personal assumptions or
opinions and hearsay
Input of some kind was
evident from all members
or a comprehensive and
enthusiastic discussion
was held that engaged
more than 50% of the
members
All members agreed
unreservedly with the
decision
The board is supportive
of the contract (i.e.,
OHP) to continue and
proceed up to director
general for signing
External evidence from
multiple sources was
reviewed and
incorporated in the
discussion
Only a few members (i.e.,
less than 50%) played an
active role in the
discussion by speaking or
presenting a viewpoint
Most members agreed
with the decision or all
members agreed, but
limited opportunities
were available to disagree
6.4.2 POST-PAR INTERVENTION PHASE: ACTUAL DECISION-MAKING FINDINGS
Actual decision-making findings: LBHC board meeting conducted on 11/03/2010
The meeting conducted on 11/03/2010 focused on a range of topics. First, there was a
thorough discussion about the frequency and duration of the LBHC board meetings. Second,
there was a discussion about the way meetings and decisions are minuted. Third, there was a
99
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
discussion focussed on the Logan Public Health Plan. At the end of this meeting, there was an
open discussion about the LBHC board role and the way decisions were made in practice.
The discussion about the LBHC board meetings focused on improving the board
meetings‘ effectiveness. For example, it was suggested that LBHC board meetings would be
held bi-monthly, but each meeting would be held for a longer time. One of the participants
suggested using video conferencing technology for this purpose. Eventually, the LBHC board
agreed to conduct these meeting as suggested (less frequently but longer). Many LBHC board
members were involved in the discussion, although limited use of evidence was observed.
One of the participants raised the need for evidence asking: “does making longer meetings
improve its effectiveness?”.
Another discussion was held about the way decisions were minuted in the LBHC board
meetings. One participant noted that: “decisions are being made elsewhere and then suddenly
appear in the minutes”, and another participant mentioned that: “some time the decision was
made before you walk through the door”. The discussion seemed complex and generated a
broad participation. For instance, one participant stressed that: “there were cases when the
minutes did not accurately reflect discussions or decisions that occurred during board
meetings or decisions reflected in the minutes had not been discussed in board meetings”
Another participant stated that: “decision to me is a process you go through, and in the end of
it we all agree”. Consequently, a decision was made to revisit the way decisions were
minuted. Ironically, this decision was not reflected in the minutes.
The LBHC board meeting concluded with a thorough discussion about its role, and
whether they should “get monthly reports or become an advisory group”. Furthermore, one
of the participants noted: “Either we become more autonomous, because Queensland Health
is not a willing partner”. Another participant summarised it by stating the following:
“leadership groups are not about where budgeting goes, and get reports, it is about
influencing and making a change”. Notably, in this regard, a positive comment was made by
another participant: “it took us many, many talks and time to get comfortable with each other
to make conversations at this level”. As a result of this discussion, a decision was made to
conduct a further discussion with one of the LBHC partners (i.e., Queensland Health);
however, this decision was not reflected in the meeting minutes. Figure 6.8 depicts the main
themes identified in this meeting. For example, it supports that the Logan public health plan,
the LBHC board, its agenda were extensively discussed during this meeting.
100
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
Figure 6.8. Thematic map of the board meeting (derived from the minutes of meeting conducted on the
11/03/2010)
In summary, three decisions were made during this board meeting: one associated with
the LBHC board meetings; another with the way decisions were made and reflected in the
minutes; and a third associated with the LBHC board role. Overall, all decisions were
characterised by a high level of participation and consensus. However, in all decisions, a
limited to moderate level of evidence was observed. Table 6.14 summarises the actual
decisions according to the three decision-making constructs: use of evidence, level of
participation, and level of consensus.
101
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
Table 6.14 Summary of the actual decisions according to the three decision-making constructs (derived from
meeting conducted on the 11/03/2010)
Actual decision made Use of evidence Level of participation Level of consensus
LBHC board members
agreed to make bi-
monthly meetings for a
longer time
Evidence limited to
personal assumptions or
opinions and hearsay
Input of some kind was
evident from all members
or a comprehensive and
enthusiastic discussion
was held that engaged
more than 50% of the
members
All members agreed
unreservedly with the
decision
The board should revisit
the way decisions are
made and then minuted
Evidence limited to
personal assumptions or
opinions and hearsay
Input of some kind was
evident from all members
or a comprehensive and
enthusiastic discussion
was held that engaged
more than 50% of the
members
All members agreed
unreservedly with the
decision
To conduct a further
discussion with one of the
LBHC partners (i.e.,
Queensland Health) in
regard to the LBHC
board members‘ role
Discussion of knowledge
drawn from sources other
than personal opinion or
reference to internally
prepared evidence (i.e.,
local reports)
Input of some kind was
evident from all members
or a comprehensive and
enthusiastic discussion
was held that engaged
more than 50% of the
members
All members agreed
unreservedly with the
decision
Actual decision-making findings: LBHC board meeting conducted on 14/10/2010
The meeting conducted on 14/10/2010 was mostly based on a series of updates and
discussions. First, there was a long updates discussion about the LBHC activities. Second,
there was a thorough discussion about the evaluation feedback provided by LBHC research
partners (i.e., Griffith University and The University of Queensland) about the LBHC board
practice. Third, there was a discussion about the strategic plan for 2011. Also there was a
short discussion about the recommended competencies of LBHC board members as
suggested by the research partner (i.e., Griffith University). Subsequently, there was an open
discussion about the procedures for presentations in the LBHC board and what should be the
process in case of conflict of interest. Finally, the meeting concluded with an open discussion
about the way decisions were made in the LBHC board.
The discussion about the evaluation focused on improving the LBHC board capacity
and overall practice overtime. It was noted that one of the state-wide evaluation reports stated
that there was a slight improvement in the chronic disease health status on the LBHC area in
comparison to overall Queensland‘s statistics. One of the participants noted that: “the LBHC
is saving life”. It was mentioned that: “we are trying to make less operational decisions and
102
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
instead make more strategic ones”. Despite the importance of this discussion, however, it
ended without any decisions being made.
Another discussion was held about the strategic plan for 2011 and KPIs. One
participant stressed the need to have: “tangible outcomes”, while another asked: “what is our
mission statement, does anyone have the document?”. The discussion generated broad
participation among LBHC board members and, consequently, a decision was made to review
and feedback KPIs for endorsement at the next board meeting
Afterwards, there was a short discussion about the recommended LBHC board
procedures outlined in the report produced by the research partner (i.e., Griffith University).
For example, the report suggested that the LBHC board should define criteria for recruiting
new board members, and improve its practice in a number of areas. In this regard, one of the
participants noted: “I think now, there is a greater level of confidence in the board”. As a
result, the LBHC board endorsed the recommended actions suggested in the report.
The board meeting concluded with an open discussion about the procedures for
presentations to the board and the process in case of conflict of interest. One of the
participants noted that: “criteria need to be established to manage conflict of interest
regarding what is appropriate to bring to the board agenda”. Consequently, the LBHC
board defined criteria to address these issues.
Notably, by the end of the LBHC board meeting, there was an open discussion about
the way decisions were made. One of the participants complained: “actually I can‟t
remember when we had a vote on something”. Another participant stated that: “votes need to
be minuted, especially budget decisions; it is important because we need to protect ourselves
if somebody comes one day and asks why they got budget”. Thus, there was a consensus that
this should be the case, especially for decisions associated with funding. It is important to
note that this decision was not reflected in the minutes. Figure 6.9 depicts the main themes
identified in this meeting. For instance, the board‟s action, its evaluation and the role of
LBHC board members were frequently discussed.
103
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
Figure 6.9. Thematic map of the board meeting (derived from the minutes of meeting conducted on the
14/10/2010)
In summary, four decisions were made during this LBHC board meeting: one
associated with the LBHC KPIs, another about the report of recommendations by Griffith
University, one about procedures for presentations, and another un-minuted decision about
the way decisions are minuted in board meetings. Overall, all decisions were characterised by
moderate or high levels of participation and consensus. However, in all decisions, a limited or
moderate use of evidence was observed. Table 6.15 summarises the actual decisions
according to the three decision-making constructs: use of evidence, level of participation, and
level of consensus.
104
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
Table 6.15 Summary of the actual decisions according to the three decision-making constructs (derived from
meeting conducted on the 14/10/2010)
Actual decision made Use of evidence Level of participation Level of consensus
LBHC Board members to
review and feedback KPIs
for endorsement in next
LBHC board meeting
Discussion of knowledge
drawn from sources other
than personal opinion or
reference to internally
prepared evidence (i.e.,
local reports)
Input of some kind was
evident from all members
or a comprehensive and
enthusiastic discussion was
held that engaged more
than 50% of the members
All members agreed
unreservedly with the
decision
Competencies /
recommendations report
endorsed by LBHC board
Discussion of knowledge
drawn from sources other
than personal opinion or
reference to internally
prepared evidence (i.e.,
local reports)
Input of some kind was
evident from all members
or a comprehensive and
enthusiastic discussion was
held that engaged more
than 50% of the members
All members agreed
unreservedly with the
decision
Agenda item posing a
conflict of interest –
Member tabling agenda
item needs to consider the
people around the table,
level of discussion,
sensitivity (withhold
information) – declare a
closed meeting when a
conflict of interest is
identified. Presenters do
not have the right to ask
people to leave the room
Evidence limited to
personal assumptions or
opinions and hearsay
At least 50% of members
played an active role in the
discussion or provided
input that influenced the
decision-making process
Most members agreed
with the decision OR all
members agreed, but
limited opportunities
were available to
disagree
***Votes to be minuted
(especially funding
decisions)
Discussion of knowledge
drawn from sources other
than personal opinion or
reference to internally
prepared evidence (i.e.,
local reports)
At least 50% of members
played an active role in the
discussion or provided
input that influenced the
decision-making process
Most members agreed
with the decision OR all
members agreed, but
limited opportunities
were available to
disagree
*** Decision was not reflected in the meeting‘s minutes
Actual decision-making findings: LBHC board meeting conducted on 10/02/2011
The meeting conducted on 10/02/2011 was mostly based on a series of updates and
presentations by guest stakeholders in the LBHC. First, there was a long discussion about the
government health reform. Second, there was a thorough discussion about the Dietetic Clinic
proposal by the OHP. Third, there was a presentation and discussion on the evaluation
feedback by the research partner (i.e., Griffith University). Finally, the meeting concluded
with an open discussion about the governance manual, which constituted the board members‘
role and practice.
105
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
The discussion about the health reform focused on its influence on the community and
health organisations within the LBHC, including its impact in terms of contracts and
budgeting on one of the LBHC advisory groups which was likely to be at risk (i.e., OHP). It
was noted that: “there are a lot of unknowns at the present and how this is going to influence
our local organisations”. It was then decided that consultation between representatives of the
LBHC board members and Queensland Health needed to continue, but this was not reflected
in the minutes as a decision.
Another discussion was held about the Dietetic Clinic proposal by the OHP. The LBHC
board suggested that the programme should address issues such as organisational
development, capacity building and an overarching framework to guide the program to
sustainability. One of the participants asked: “are we supposed to make any kind of
decisions?”, indicating some confusion or dissatisfaction with the current situation.
Eventually it was decided that LBHC board members should be involved in developing this
programme, with revaluation in 12 months. This decision was not reflected in the meeting
minutes.
Subsequently, there was a discussion about the evaluation feedback by the research
partner (i.e., Griffith University). Some areas of success along with the areas for future
attention in the LBHC board practice were thoroughly discussed. Despite the importance of
the contents of this discussion, however, no decisions were made by the LBHC board.
The LBHC board meeting concluded with an open discussion about the governance
manual, which in practice constitutes the board members‘ role and practice. The LBHC board
members were requested to review this report prior to the meeting. The report included
sections on the board‘s role, the board manager‘s role, appointment of a new board member
and so forth. The LBHC board made a separate decision on each section related to its
practice. None of these decisions were minuted. Figure 6.10 presents the main themes
identified in this meeting. For instance, optimal health programme, the board‘s position in the
future, its plan, LBHC role, and required programmes to develop future capacity, were
frequently discussed. Also, the figure outlines that during this meeting one participant (i.e.,
participant 1) led the discussion.
106
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
Figure 6.10. Thematic map of the board meeting (derived from the minutes of meeting conducted on the
10/02/2011)
Although the LBHC board meeting was long (i.e., more than four hours) and thorough,
only a few decisions were made. In summary, a few decisions were made during the LBHC
board meeting: one associated with the impact of the government health reform, and another
linked to the revaluation of the OHP. Three additional decisions were made concerning the
governance manual. Notably, two decisions were not minuted accurately, and others were not
minuted at all. Overall, the decisions were characterised by moderate or high level of
participation and consensus, and moderate or high level of evidence usage was observed.
Table 6.16 summarises the actual decisions according to the three decision-making
constructs: use of evidence, level of participation, and level of consensus.
Participant 1
107
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
Table 6.16 Summary of the actual decisions according to the three decision-making constructs (derived from
meeting conducted on the 10/02/2011)
Actual decision made Use of evidence Level of participation Level of consensus
**** Consultation
between representatives
of the LBHC board and
Queensland Health will
continue
Discussion of knowledge
drawn from sources other
than personal opinion or
reference to internally
prepared evidence (i.e.,
local reports)
At least 50% of members
played an active role in
the discussion or
provided input that
influenced the decision-
making process
Most members agreed
with the decision or all
members agreed, but
limited opportunities
were available to disagree
****The LBHC board
members will be involved
in developing this
programme (i.e., Optimal
Health), which will be re-
evaluated in 12 months
Discussion of knowledge
drawn from sources other
than personal opinion or
reference to internally
prepared evidence (i.e.,
local reports)
Input of some kind was
evident from all members
or a comprehensive and
enthusiastic discussion
was held that engaged
more than 50% of the
members
All members agreed
unreservedly with the
decision
***The LBHC board
commented and decided
on three sections in the
governance manual
linked to the LBHC
board‘s overall role and
practice
External evidence from
multiple sources was
reviewed and
incorporated in the
discussion
Input of some kind was
evident from all members
or a comprehensive and
enthusiastic discussion
was held that engaged
more than 50% of the
members
All members agreed
unreservedly with the
decision
*** Decision was not reflected in the meeting‘s minutes **** Decision was not reflected accurately in the
meeting minutes (the decision was minuted but not under the title of ‗decision‘ in the minutes document)
Actual decision-making findings: LBHC board meeting conducted on 09/06/2011
The meeting conducted on 09/06/2011 consisted of a series of discussions. First, there
was a thorough discussion about the future of the HDSS and the LBHC website. Second,
there was a discussion about the contract renewal of the research partner (i.e., Griffith
University). Third, there was a discussion on the Health Promotion Programme. Finally, the
meeting concluded with an open discussion about the governance manual, and minor changes
were taken.
The discussion about the HDSS focused on its future development and how it will be
hosted in the near future. Specifically, there was a discussion about the sustainability of the
HDSS and the way access should be expanded within the LBHC. One of the participants
noted: ―we need to stick with the development, and the system needs to be relevant for the
users”. Another participant asked: ―is there enough information there; the system has not yet
achieved the next level of analysis”. It was decided that the HDSS would be hosted by
Griffith University until the end of 2011, and access would be expanded to all LBHC
108
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
members, including specific stakeholders from Logan City Council and the Logan Public
Health team of Queensland Health.
Another short discussion was held about the Research and Innovation contract. One of
the participants stated: ”there was a cultural shift in the LBHC since the involvement of the
research team” (i.e., Griffith University). The LBHC board decided that the Research and
Innovation contract would be endorsed.
Subsequently, there was a discussion about the Health Promotion Programme. The
board discussed the tangible achievements of the programme, along with areas for future
attention. One of the participants asked: ―do we have less tangibility from this programme?”.
Another participant noted that the Health Promotion Programme should continue, but with
some modifications. He also noted that: ―we had huge load on the management role”.
Eventually, the board decided to support this programme.
The LBHC board meeting concluded with an open discussion about the governance
manual, which as mentioned previously constitutes the board members role and practice.
Specifically, in this meeting the LBHC board made a separate decision on each section
related to access for information in the LBHC. Notably, the earlier discussion about the
HDSS prompted some of the questions raised by LBHC board members in this discussion.
One participant asked: “who has access to information in the LBHC?”. Another participant
addressed this comment by stating: ―LBHC board members, and members of the LBHC
advisory groups and associated programmes”. Consequently, it was decided to define and
clarify in the governance manual exactly who is a LBHC member. Figure 6.11 presents the
main themes identified in this meeting. For instance, HDSS, funding, LBHC, and required
changes were frequently discussed. The LBHC board meeting was productive and a high
level of participation was observed. In summary, four decisions were made during the LBHC
board meeting. One was associated with hosting and expanding the access of the HDSS,
while another was linked to the Research and Innovation contract. In addition, decisions were
made about the Health Promotion Programme and the governance manual. Overall, decisions
were characterised by a high level of participation and consensus and moderate or high level
use of evidence. Table 6.17 summarises the actual decisions according to the three decision-
making constructs: use of evidence, level of participation, and level of consensus.
109
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
Figure 6.11. Thematic map of the board meeting (derived from the minutes of meeting conducted on the
09/06/2011)
Table 6.17 Summary of the actual decisions according to the three decision-making constructs (derived from
meeting conducted on the 09/06/2011)
Actual decision made Use of evidence Level of participation Level of consensus
The HDSS would be
hosted by Griffith
University until the end
of 2011, and access
would be expanded to all
LBHC members,
including specific
stakeholders from Logan
City Council and the
Logan Public Health
Team of Queensland
Health
Discussion of knowledge
drawn from sources other
than personal opinion or
reference to internally
prepared evidence (i.e.,
local reports)
Input of some kind was
evident from all members
or a comprehensive and
enthusiastic discussion
was held that engaged
more than 50% of the
members
All members agreed
unreservedly with the
decision
Research and Innovation
contract endorsed (with
minor changes)
Discussion of knowledge
drawn from sources other
than personal opinion or
reference to internally
prepared evidence (i.e.,
local reports)
At least 50% of members
played an active role in
the discussion or
provided input that
influenced the decision-
making process
All members agreed
unreservedly with the
decision
Health Promotion
Program endorsed
Discussion of knowledge
drawn from sources other
than personal opinion or
reference to internally
prepared evidence (i.e.,
Input of some kind was
evident from all members
or a comprehensive and
enthusiastic discussion
All members agreed
unreservedly with the
decision
110
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
Actual decision made Use of evidence Level of participation Level of consensus
local reports) was held that engaged
more than 50% of the
members
Operational Governance
manual endorsed
Discussion of knowledge
drawn from sources other
than personal opinion or
reference to internally
prepared evidence (i.e.,
local reports)
Input of some kind was
evident from all members
or a comprehensive and
enthusiastic discussion
was held that engaged
more than 50% of the
members
All members agreed
unreservedly with the
decision
6.4.3 ACTUAL DECISION-MAKING: OVERALL FINDINGS
The observed decisions were grouped into two phases (i.e., pre-PAR intervention phase
and post-PAR intervention phase). Once decisions were evaluated, it was possible to examine
whether there was any distinction between the two phases. The pre-PAR intervention phase
(four meetings) included seven decisions. Five of these decisions were characterised by
limited use of evidence, six decisions were characterised by limited level of participation, and
five decisions were characterised by a low level of consensus (See Table 6.18). Thus, only a
few decisions were characterised by a moderate or high level of any of the decision-making
constructs.
In the post-PAR intervention phase (four meetings), 14 decisions were observed. The
findings indicate (see Table 6.18) that ten of these decisions were characterised by moderate
use of evidence, ten decisions were characterised by high level of participation and eleven
decisions were characterised by high level of consensus. Furthermore, only three decisions
were characterised by limited level of evidence.
In summary, findings show that more decisions were characterised by either moderate
or high level of any of the three decision-making constructs in the post-PAR Intervention
Phase. This, in turn, implies that the decision-making processes of the LBHC board had
changed over time towards greater use of evidence, participation and consensus. It was
observed that the LBHC board had been through a cultural shift. For instance, less negative
comments were observed in the post-PAR intervention phase about the way the LBHC board
operates and the fact that decisions were made out of the meetings. In addition, more positive
comments were observed in the LBHC board meetings about the level and thoroughness of
discussions. For example, one of the participants noted: ―There was a cultural shift in the
111
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
LBHC”. Another participant stated: ―I think now, there is a greater level of confidence in the
board”. To support this statement, one participant summarised it by stating that: I am
impressed with the constant reflection, assessment, and improvements within a limited
capacity. Given its stage of development, the HDSS is a useful, innovative and impressive
tool. Thus, the evidence suggests a shift in the way discussions and decisions were made over
the course of the study.
Table 6.18 pre- and post-PAR intervention phases summary of decisions by the three decision-making
constructs
6.5 SUMMARY
Chapter 6 provided evidence about the impact of the HDSS or PAR intervention on
decision-making. The chapter consisted of two methodological instruments: decision-making
surveys and observational data of actual decision-making. The decision-making surveys‘
primary purpose was to evaluate the culture or climate in which decision-making are made
across the LBHC. As for the observational data of actual decision-making, the primary
purpose was to evaluate the way actual decisions were made. The findings of the surveys
indicated that there was an overall sense that decision-process was more effective during the
post-PAR intervention phase, given that they were made with greater information, use of
evidence, participation and consensus. In relation to the observational data of actual decision-
making, findings indicated that more decisions were characterised by either a moderate or
high level of any of the three decision-making constructs in the post-PAR intervention phase.
Pre-PAR intervention
phase
Use of evidence Level of participation Level of consensus
Limited level 5/7 6/7 5/7
Moderate level 1/7 ----- 1/7
High level 1/7 1/7 1/7
Post-PAR intervention
phase
Use of evidence Level of participation Level of consensus
Limited level 3/14 ----- -----
Moderate level 10/14 4/14 3/14
High level 1/14 10/14 11/14
112
Chapter 6: Decision-Making Impact Study
This, in turn, implied that the decision-making processes of the LBHC board had changed
over time towards greater use of evidence, participation and consensus. Thus, Chapter 6
provided the required evidence in order to identify whether the HDSS or the PAR
intervention impacted on the way decisions are made across the LBHC. This, in turn,
addresses study objective 4 (see Section 1.3.1)
113
Chapter 7: Discussion and Conclusion
Chapter 7: Discussion and Conclusion
7.1 PREVIEW
Chapter 7 discusses the major findings of this study and draws conclusions in relation
to the original research questions. The chapter first reviews the study objectives and reiterates
the procedures undertaken to address them. After summarising the findings and exploring the
implications of these findings, it then highlights the study limitations and provides a series of
recommendations for future research.
7.2 BACKGROUND
The primary aim of the study was to develop a conceptual planning framework for
creating healthy communities and examine the impact of DSS in the Logan Beaudesert area.
The study focused on a case study of a health planning coalition (the Logan Beaudesert
Health Coalition – LBHC) located in the Logan Beaudesert area which was dedicated to find
new ways to address chronic disease. The study commenced with a comprehensive literature
review focused on healthy cities and communities, collaborative planning, decision support
systems, and the potential outcomes associated with using a DSS. To design and develop the
DSS, the study adopted a participatory action research design (PAR) which was enacted in
three consecutive cycles:
PAR Cycle 1: Introduction Stage;
PAR Cycle 2: Interaction Stage; and
PAR Cycle 3: Trialling Stage.
In PAR Cycle 1 the primary purpose was to raise awareness about GIS and the use of
DSS in informed decision-making. This stage consisted of a series of GIS introductory
presentations and discussions with LBHC board members. In PAR Cycle 2, the collaborative
process was used to explore the requirements of a DSS and to refine the technical
characteristics, features and functions of the system. In PAR Cycle 3, the system was
deployed and trialled within the LBHC for four months. During the PAR process, data was
collected continuously from LBHC members to understand their experiences and responses
to the system. In addition, using a pre- and post design, two waves of data were collected to
114
Chapter 7: Discussion and Conclusion
assess decision-making - one prior to the beginning of the PAR intervention, and one
following the completion of the PAR intervention. Thus, all elements of the research
provided important evidence to address the study objectives.
7.3 REVIEW OF THE STUDY OBJECTIVES
The study aimed to develop a conceptual planning framework for creating healthy
communities and examine the impact of DSS in the Logan Beaudesert.
In order to achieve the aim of the study, four objectives were identified:
o To identify the key elements and domains of information that are needed to
develop healthy communities;
o To develop a conceptual planning framework for creating healthy
communities;
o To collaboratively develop and implement an online GIS-based Health DSS
(i.e., HDSS); and
o To examine the impact of the HDSS on local decision-making processes.
These objectives were achieved through a comprehensive literature review and a case
study based on various forms of data collection during the PAR cycles, including a user
satisfaction survey, a Logbook of interactions with stakeholders, information priority survey,
feedback sessions and usage statistics. In addition, two iterations of a decision-making survey
and observation of the actual decision-making were conducted before and after the PAR
intervention. Table 7.1 presents the data collection methods which were used to achieve the
study objectives. Table 7.2 illustrates in more detail the theoretical links between the
literature review and the study objectives. It also provides information about how the study
objectives were addressed.
115
Chapter 7: Discussion and Conclusion
Table 7.1 Data collection tools used to achieve the study objectives
Data collection tools /
Methods
Objective
To identify the
key elements
and domains of
information that
are needed to
develop healthy
communities
To develop a
conceptual
planning
framework for
creating
healthy
communities
To collaboratively develop
and implement an online
GIS-based Health DSS
(i.e., HDSS)
To examine the
impact of the HDSS
on local decision-
making processes
Literature review
Case study
PAR intervention in
three cycles
Decision-making
surveys
Observational data of
actual decision-making
116
Chapter 7: Discussion and Conclusion
Table 7.2 Summary of literature review findings and empirical tools developed to address study objectives
Literature review and
empirical findings
Study Objective
To identify the key
elements and domains
of information that are
needed to develop
healthy communities
To develop a conceptual planning framework for
creating healthy communities
To collaboratively develop
and implement an online
GIS-based Health DSS (i.e.,
HDSS)
To examine the impact of the
HDSS on local decision-making
processes
Relevant conceptual-theoretical
sources
The six areas
characterising a
healthy city and
community (WHO,
1997)
Public health
framework for health
impact assessment
and health profiling
(derived from Schulz
& Northridge, 2004)
Elements of each level of collaboration (derived
from Mattessich et al., 2001, p. 61)
Communicative planning theory (Healey, 1997)
The six areas characterising a healthy city and
community (WHO, 1997)
Public health framework for health impact
assessment and health profiling (derived from
Schulz & Northridge, 2004)
Decision support systems (DSS) as a tool to
help decision-makers assess complex problems
and solve those problems in a meaningful way
(Shim et al., 2002)
Potential DSS outcomes (Igbaria & Guimaraes,
1994; Phillips et al., 2000; Higgs & Gould
2001; Buckeridge et al., 2002; Cromley &
McLafferty, 2002; Waring et al., 2005)
PAR approach (Minkler,
2000; Israel et al., 2001;
Krasny & Doyle, 2002;
Minkler & Wallerstein,
2003)
Decision-making scales (Dean
& Sharfman, 1993; Parnell &
Bell, 1994; Flood et al., 2000;
Mattessich et al., 2001;
Bennett et al., 2010)
User satisfaction (Omar &
Lascu, 1993)
Relevant empirical tools used to
address study objectives
PAR intervention PAR intervention study
Decision-making survey
Observational data of actual
decision-making
117
Chapter 7: Discussion and Conclusion
7.4 MAJOR FINDINGS
7.4.1 OVERVIEW
The findings of this study revealed a meaningful framework for organising information
to guide planning for healthy communities. This framework provided a comprehensive
system within which to organise existing data. The PAR process was useful in engaging
stakeholders and decision-makers in the development and implementation of the online GIS-
based DSS. Through three PAR cycles, this study resulted in heightened awareness of online
GIS-based DSS and openness to its implementation. It also resulted in the development of a
tailored system (i.e., HDSS) that addressed the local information and planning needs of the
LBHC. The study revealed important features of the development and implementation
process that will contribute to future research. In addition, the implementation of the DSS
resulted in improved decision-making and greater satisfaction with decisions made within the
LBHC.
7.4.2 KEY ELEMENTS AND DOMAINS OF INFORMATION THAT ARE NEEDED FOR
DEVELOPING HEALTHY COMMUNITIES
To address the first study objective, a comprehensive literature review was conducted.
This provided the required knowledge to identify the key elements and domains of
information that are needed to develop healthy communities. For example, Schulz and
Northridge (2004) suggested a solid and validated framework for health impact assessment
and health profiling. This framework was then used as a baseline to collect information for
the HDSS. In addition, the WHO (1997) defined the six areas characterising a healthy
community. This, in turn, helped to identify the qualities that a healthy community needs in
order to be established.
7.4.3 A CONCEPTUAL PLANNING FRAMEWORK FOR CREATING HEALTHY COMMUNITIES
To address the second study objective, a comprehensive literature review was
conducted and a case study (i.e., LBHC) selected. Specifically, and inspired by the WHO
(1997), Duhl and Sanchez (1999), and Schulz and Northridge (2004), a comprehensive
planning framework for creating healthy communities was developed. As suggested by
Schulz and Northridge (2004, see Section 2.2.2), the health information framework guided
the development of a health profiling for the LBHC. Specifically, it supported the
establishment of a community knowledge-base (i.e., LBHC health profile), with information
derived from multiple sources. The Schulz and Northridge (2004) framework was then used
as a baseline to collaboratively prioritise what information would be included in the HDSS.
118
Chapter 7: Discussion and Conclusion
Derived from the literature review, the study hypothesised that the ability to present this
information in a meaningful, accessible and usable way (i.e., HDSS) could positively
influence the way decisions are made, in order to create (in the long term) a healthy
community. In this regard, Duhl and Sanchez (1999), and the WHO (1997) defined a list of
six fundamental characteristics (health public policy, innovation, community participation,
intersectoral action, policy decision-making and commitment to health) that are needed to
create a healthy community. The conceptual framework then suggested that if these elements
are adopted, it is likely that a healthy community will emerge. Further, this conceptual
planning framework suggested that a DSS that exists as part of a broader health planning
process should facilitate these qualities.
7.4.4 PARTICIPATORY ACTION RESEARCH INTERVENTION
To address the third study objective, a comprehensive literature review was conducted,
a case study (i.e., LBHC) selected, and a collaborative PAR intervention implemented. The
HDSS design and implementation process consisted of a series of consultation meetings with
LBHC participants. As a result of this collaborative process, the HDSS information items,
features, functionality, and health scenarios were defined. Upon completion of the design and
development processes, the HDSS was deployed. Findings suggested that throughout the
planning process (i.e., PAR intervention), different components and elements were identified
as vital. For instance, it was found that, early in the project, scoping the technical components
associated with access, information and data were crucial. This was executed by an HDSS
steering committee which was established for planning purpose. Furthermore, it was
recognised that this planning group required further action, substantial time investment and
‗in-house‘ interactions (e.g., consultation meetings) to define the objectives, deliverables,
needs‘ assessments, system scope, conceptual design and technical design for the HDSS.
Upon completion of the design and development process the HDSS was deployed.
However, it was then found that further development and data expansion was required to
make the system more usable. Specifically, the LBHC board members suggested that its
information could be expanded, which would make the HDSS more applicable for their day-
to-day role. It was also found that to sustain the HDSS in an adequate manner it was essential
to establish a new group to advance the system. Thus, the information communication
management (ICM) LBHC advisory group role was to define and help with the following
tasks:
119
Chapter 7: Discussion and Conclusion
How the system would be supported;
What and when updates would occur;
How users would be trained;
What further development and functionality were required;
How new findings could be attained; and
To market and promote the system further, as well as determine its future goals.
In addition to the PAR intervention, helping to scope the HDSS and its technical
requirements, the evidence suggested that the knowledge created by the PAR intervention
helped to generate the notion of „collaboration‟ in the planning process. This, in turn,
positively contributed to the overall impact of the HDSS, as LBHC participants sensed they
were contributing in the planning process and playing an important role in developing the
system. All parties were committed to constantly improving the HDSS by enhancing and
refining the system based on users‘ feedback, and the sense of collaboration increased.
Furthermore, it was noted that DSS can produce the type of information and effectiveness
that facilitates collaborative planning, with research indicating that online DSS environments
have a positive impact on decision-making processes (as also reported by Kingston et al.,
2001).
7.4.5 DECISION-MAKING IMPACT STUDY
To address the fourth study objective, a comprehensive literature review was
specifically conducted into decision-making scales and measurements, a case study (i.e.,
LBHC) was selected, and two waves of data collection (i.e., pre-and post-PAR intervention)
were used to explore and understand decision-making before and after the PAR intervention.
The decision-making impact study consisted of two instruments:
Decision-making surveys; and
Observations of actual decisions-making.
Decision-making surveys encompassed the whole LBHC and aimed to understand the
climate or culture in which decisions were made in the LBHC, whereas the observations of
actual decision-making made in the LBHC board aimed to identify and evaluate how
decisions were made, and whether decisions in the LBHC board had changed as a result of
the PAR intervention throughout the study period.
120
Chapter 7: Discussion and Conclusion
The way decision-making were rated in the pre-PAR intervention phase showed
generally poor to moderate scores. Findings indicated that the LBHC did not use solid
evidence as an integral part of their decision-making processes and, as a result, some
decisions were made outside the LBHC board. Consequently, this was found to be
contributing to the overall sense of disconnectedness, non-participation, and low level of
consensus in the LBHC.
However, in the post-PAR intervention phase, findings showed that more decisions
were characterised by either moderate or high level of participation, consensus and use of
evidence in that phase than in the pre-PAR intervention phase. This implied that the decision-
making process of the LBHC positively changed and improved over time. However, and
although not significant in all cases, findings indicated that there was some diversity across
the LBHC. For example, LBHC veterans tended to be more satisfied with the way decision-
making processes were made, as did those who had been members of the LBHC for either
longer or intermediate periods or associated with the governance group. This finding
indicated the likelihood of an acculturation curve for LBHC participants, that is, new
members were enthusiastic, but become more critical of decision-making over time and then
eventually resolved this situation in some way, either by withdrawing or seeking other
sources of information. In addition, finding showed that the age of members had an important
influence on the way decision-making was perceived. It is possible that younger people could
be more demanding in terms of their need for involvement in the decision-making processes,
whereas veterans are likely to have access to more intrinsic sources of information based on
years of experience in the area. As a result, they may be less demanding of the decision-
making processes. Thus, the findings of the decision-making survey indicated that as a result
of the PAR intervention, the climate or culture in which decisions were made had positively
changed. However, the findings also showed some diversity in the way members of a LBHC
view decision-making processes, and it is important to be aware of this, particularly in terms
of designing and making future decisions and polices in the LBHC.
As for the actual decision-making observations, findings stressed that more decisions
were characterised by either moderate or high level of participation, consensus and use of
evidence in the post-PAR intervention phase than the pre-PAR intervention phase. Thus, this
implies that the decision-making processes of the LBHC board have positively changed and
improved over time. However, it was observed that only limited or moderate levels of
evidence were used in the decision-making processes. This was explained by the fact that
121
Chapter 7: Discussion and Conclusion
although decisions were made through participation and in a consensual manner, LBHC
board members still lacked the required evidence in some occasions. This finding was also
supported by the user satisfaction survey (see Section 4.5.1), where the request for
information expansion was noted. In this sense, findings also showed that more analytical
tools were requested which were likely to improve the evidence needed by LBHC board
members to make decisions as part of their day-to-day role. Thus, overall, a cultural shift was
observed in terms of the way decisions were made by the LBHC board. However, the use of
evidence in decision-making was still perceived to be moderate and further improvements
were required.
7.4.6 SUMMARY OF MAJOR FINDINGS
Table 7.3 summarises the theoretical and empirical findings identified in the study. The
study findings related to the following research components: Framework for organising
health data, GIS-based DSS, and online tools (see Table 7.3). While all components were
aligned with the literature evidence, study findings associated with the PAR intervention
component substantially extended the literature line of knowledge. For example, these
findings suggested that the PAR intervention improved the sense of ‗collaboration‟,
commitment, use of evidence, and positively shifted the „culture‟ in which decisions were
made in the LBHC.
Based on the study findings, LBHC board members comprised the major group
influenced by the PAR intervention (see Figure 7.1). This is explained by their being
primarily involvement in the design, development and implementation process of the HDSS.
However, positive impact was observed in the secondary circle (i.e., LBHC). This impact was
mostly associated with the culture in which decisions were made and perceived by LBHC
members. In addition, and in line with Figure 3.3 (i.e., a conceptual framework for planning a
healthy community), long term impact is anticipated in the external circle, in which decision-
making made by the LBHC board members will positively impact the community, the health
planning practice and their health outcomes in the long term. Figure 7.1 illustrates the „spread
effect‟ impact of the HDSS or the PAR intervention.
122
Chapter 7: Discussion and Conclusion
AccessScrutiny HDSS
Impact on
LBHC board
members
• HDSS
• LBHC board
• LBHC
Impact on LBHC
(advisory groups)
Long term
impact in the
community
Long term
impact on
health planning
practice
Long term
impact on
health output
Figure 7.1. The spread-effect impact of the HDSS
123
Chapter 7: Discussion and Conclusion
Table 7.3 Theoretical and empirical outcomes of HDSS framework for planning healthy cities and communities based on research component
The quality that research
component is likely to create in
decision-making processes
towards development of healthy
communities
Framework for
organising health
data
GIS-based DSS Online tools PAR intervention (in three
cycles)
Theoretical findings Ability to assess health
impact and to profile the
community through the
social determinants of
health (derived from
Schulz & Northridge,
2004)
Increase collaboration between
stakeholders and communities;
Improve the accuracy and quality of the
decision-making processes; and
Improve the availability of data and
information for health decision-makers.
(Igbaria & Guimaraes, 1994; Phillips et
al., 2000; Higgs & Gould 2001;
Buckeridge et al., 2002; Cromley &
McLafferty, 2003; Waring et al., 2005)
Online tools broadening
the extent of usage and
having a positive impact
on decision-making
processes (Kingston et al.,
2001)
Achieved input from participants;
and
Translation of research findings
into informed action (Minkler,
2000).
Findings and evidence from the
study Helped to direct and
channel data collection
efforts for health
assessment
Improved the use of evidence in decision-
making processes across the LBHC
Overall, the online HDSS
had a positive impact on
decision-making processes
in the LBHC
Improved the sense of
‗collaboration‘ in the LBHC;
Increased the use of evidence,
consensus and participation in
decision-making processes;
Positively shifted the culture or
the ‗climate‘ in which decisions
were made in the LBHC; and
Helped to create the sense of
commitment by whole LBHC
board members
124
Chapter 7: Discussion and Conclusion
7.5 CONCLUSION
Despite growing awareness that decisions about social policies and health programmes
have a significant impact on health outputs, decision-makers still lack the frameworks and
tools to make these decisions in an informed manner. To enable health planners to make
effective decisions, this study highlighted the importance and need for a comprehensive
information framework, collaborative process, and useful tools to underpin planning for
healthy communities. The literature supported the premise that healthy communities will
need to encourage decision-making processes which is based on the use of evidence,
participation and consensus that subsequently transfer into informed actions.
However, to make informed decisions, simply increasing access to effective
information through online GIS-based DSS may not be sufficient to generate the type of
decision-making that can lead to healthy communities, unless health planning is also
practiced in a collaborative manner. This study utilised a PAR approach (i.e., PAR
intervention) throughout three PAR cycles to collaboratively design, develop and implement
the HDSS. The findings indicated that knowledge and shared understanding were created by
the PAR intervention rather than solely through the DSS technical design processes. For
example, it was observed that the knowledge that data was accessible to the LBHC board
members in a form that had not been dominated by any other parties (e.g., governmental
domination) and in a visual form (i.e., spatially), positively contributed to the notion of
„collaboration‟ and the sense of vision, in that all parties were committed to constant
improvement and refinement of the HDSS. The process used to develop the HDSS modelled
the type of process that might be applied to other health planning applications as part of a
process to develop healthy communities.
In terms of the decision-making impact, it was observed that the HDSS brought more
self-sufficiency to the LBHC board and improved the way in which decisions were made and
discussed. As for the variation across the LBHC, the tendency towards significant differences
between the sub-groups of the LBHC indicated that there may be considerable diversity in
decision-making processes that may require different approaches to health planning. In
addition, the surveys‘ findings showed that satisfaction with information for decision-making
was the most prominent change observed across all decision-making constructs; however,
this was to be expected. However, after more time passed, it could also influence actual
125
Chapter 7: Discussion and Conclusion
decisions, and this pattern was identified by the observational data for actual decision-
making.
In summary, it can be concluded that the PAR intervention had a positive impact on the
way decisions were made; however, further development (i.e., HDSS development) is
required to attain higher levels of evidence, consensus and participation in decision-making
processes. HDSS is still in its early days (i.e., pilot study), but it is anticipated that these
decision-making constructs will be improved in the near future. Hence, it is concluded that
HDSS can produce the type of information and effectiveness that facilitates elements of
collaborative planning, which improves decision-making and supports informed action by
health planners.
7.6 VALUE AND SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY
The study introduced a new HDSS framework for the Logan Beaudesert region which
had not been implemented previously. The framework provides a guideline that health
planners elsewhere can develop and adapt to their own practice. To the present, health
planners had been told only ‗what‘ they should develop (i.e., healthy communities), but they
had not been provided with practical tools of ‗how‘ to achieve these goals. The framework in
this study was grounded by previous models from the literature (e.g., WHO, 1997; Schulz &
Northridge, 2004); therefore it is validated and practical for other health planners.
The findings are believed to be useful for health planners, decision-makers and
stakeholders who are either considering or involved in planning healthy communities.
Decision-makers involved in existing planning projects can better understand what
information should be collected to make informed decisions. Also, decision-makers would
now be aware of the process they should go through, and this is particularly important for
planning and funding purposes. Once the framework is implemented, it is likely to generate a
positive impact not only within the group of decision-makers, but also on the quality of
decisions made. This, in turn, provides several benefits in terms of planning to the local
communities.
Given this, the HDSS framework provides an alternative to traditional methods.
Besides the obvious practical uses of this framework, the findings from this study have also
contributed to the body of knowledge in the following fields: health planning, collaborative
planning and DSS. In addition, the development of this framework has presented a PAR
126
Chapter 7: Discussion and Conclusion
methodology that could be adapted in other areas. Thus, it may be concluded that the study
contributes in the following areas:
Theoretical – This study improves the understanding of the complex planning
processes required to develop healthy communities.
Practical – In the current literature there are many records of using DSS for health
planning. However, only a few studies employed DSS. Also, there was no previous DSS
framework that was able to effectively bring about better decision-making in the planning of
healthy communities in Queensland, Australia. Therefore, adopting this framework is
considered novel. The framework proposed in this study would not only encourage health
planners to engage with evidence and information about the entire range of health
determinants, but would also provide a platform for collaboration and shared engagement in
the decision-making processes. Even in its early development stages, the HDSS disclosed
very relevant health profiling information and insight into different data acquisition and
analysis methodologies.
Social – The study findings indicate that the HDSS framework generated a positive
effect in the processes of decision-making. Therefore, if other local authorities adopt this type
of framework and approach, it could improve the health services for their communities in the
long term.
7.7 LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY
Several limitations were noticed whilst conducting this study, these include:
A longer time frame would have provided a more spacious period for HDSS users
to learn and use the system. Accordingly, it would have enabled a longer
evaluation time as adopting new technology is a long and challenging process;
The findings suggest that HDSS benefits the culture in which decisions were
perceived. For example, satisfaction of information for decision-making observed
as the major improvement. Subsequently, this conveyed more consensus and
participation in the way actual decisions were made. However, the findings suggest
that the initial satisfaction of information for decision-making was only the first
step. HDSS users requested specific health information and analytical tools to
better meet their day-to-day needs, and this was also supported by observation of
127
Chapter 7: Discussion and Conclusion
moderate level based on the actual decision-making findings under the use of
evidence construct.
Literature suggests that some decisions are made informally due to political issues.
This is an important aspect of decision-making processes; however, this was
beyond the scope of the current study.
A longer time frame would also have increased evaluation time of the actual
decisions made in the LBHC board, thus improving the validity of the decision-
making observations and evaluated impact by the HDSS;
A larger number of the user satisfaction survey responses would have increased the
credibility of the survey analysis;
The findings may have achieved greater validity if they could have been compared
to similar cases in the literature. However, as the designed framework and
methodology were innovative, this was not possible;
Derived from Schulz and Northridge (2004) framework, and according to their
recommendations for collecting data for health assessment, health information
should be collected. In this case study, Queensland Health is the primary source of
health information. However, due to accessibility and strict policy, Queensland
Health data could not be included in the HDSS. The literature suggests that
accessing health information particularly as point-level (point features) is hard.
Therefore, alternative sources of health information were utilised. For example, the
HDSS used health information which was more accessible (i.e., the Social Health
Atlas of Australia). It is recommended, however, that accessing and utilising
Queensland Health information should be made possible in the foreseeable future.
Due to time constrains of the PhD study, the HDSS framework was tested only in
the decision-making processes level (See the dashed line in Figure 3.1). Thus, it
could have been more robust if it had been tested at the health outcomes level (see
bottom of Figure 3.1); and
Higher scores (in the user satisfaction survey) could support the development of a
better HDSS. This, in turn, would have generated a quicker positive impact on the
decision-making processes and better usage of the system in the trialling stage.
128
Chapter 7: Discussion and Conclusion
The interesting question: ―What is the right balance between technology and the
human experience factor in making the best decision‖, was not addressed as it was
beyond the scope of this study.
Early planning for the HDSS also recognised that plenty of data was collected
(e.g., more than 130 GIS layers) in the Logan Beaudesert area; however, there was
a debate about whether it was at the expense of developing spatial analysis
methods of interpreting the data.
7.8 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FUTURE RESEARCH
Some recommendations for further research are also proposed. The user satisfaction
survey could be repeated in the near future to enable continual evaluation overtime. This, in
turn, may provide important evidence as to whether any improvement has been observed as
the HDSS evolves. Based on the findings of this study, it would be interesting to examine the
methodological links with the theory. For instance, it would be beneficial to test the HDSS
framework in the longer term, and clarify whether it could achieve a positive impact not only
at the decision-making processes level, but also at the health outcomes level in the
community (see Figure 3.1). This would involve testing the framework‘s ability to facilitate
collaborative health planning at a broader level. Thus, one of the potential development
directions of the HDSS could be its use as a collaborative tool to encourage public
participation or knowledge sharing in a certain community. As for decision-making, the
literature suggests that some decisions are informally made due to political issues, and it is
acknowledged that this is an important aspect of decision-making processes. Thus, while this
was beyond the scope of the current study, it could be further examined in future studies. As
the access to health data improves, it will be useful to include real-time data (e.g., people who
are hospitalised with chronic diseases, diseases‘ ratios and health statistics etc.) in the HDSS
(in a secured manner for the information of health planners solely) which will provide them
with better evidence in their day-to-day role. There is an intention to expand the data sets as
much as possible as it was found to be one of the most cost-effective ways to improve the
HDSS and broaden its potential. Furthermore, the HDSS framework should be further refined
for different projects, locations, governments, scopes and communities.
7.9 SUMMARY
The study provides a solid basis for health planners to improve their practice through
the implementation of a HDSS framework. It is anticipated that this framework will become a
129
Chapter 7: Discussion and Conclusion
pillar for decision-makers to inform their decision-making processes. The study has
addressed this particular gap in the knowledge, and as a result, local communities and the
general public will benefit in the future.
131
Chapter 8: Bibliography
Chapter 8: Bibliography
ABS. (2008). National Health Survey Results. Retrieved 10 April, 2009, from
www.abs.gov.au
Adelaide Recommendations on Healthy Public Policy Second International Conference on
Health Promotion. (1988). Adelaide, South Australia. Retrieved 24 August, 2009, from
http://www.who.int/healthpromotion/conferences/previous/adelaide/en/index.html
Anderson, G. F., Frogner, B. K., Johns, R. A., & Reinhardt, U. E. (2006). Health care
spending and use of information technology in OECD countries. Health Affairs, 25(3),
819.
Ashton, J. R. (2009). From Healthy Towns 1843. Public Health, 123, 11-13.
Australian Health Information Council. (2008). Electronic Decision Support Systems Report -
2008.
Bharati, P., & Chaudhury, A. (2004). An empirical investigation of decision-making
satisfaction in web-based decision support systems. Decision Support Systems, 37(2),
187-197.
Bell, J. S. (2002). Narrative inquiry: More than just telling stories. TESOL quarterly, 36(2),
207-213.
Bentrup, G. (2001) Evaluation of a collaborative model: a case study analysis of watershed
planning in the intermountain west. Environmental Management, 27(5), 739-748.
Bennett, C., Graham, I. D., Kristjansson, E., Kearing, S. A., Clay, K. F., & O'Connor, A. M.
(2010). Validation of a preparation for decision making scale. Patient Education and
Counselling, 78(1), 130-133.
Bishop, P. and Davis, G. (2001). Developing consent: consultation, participation and
governance. In G. Davis & P. Weller (Eds.), Are You Being Served? Sydney, Allen &
Unwin, pp 175–195.
Buchy, M. N., & Race, D. (2001). The Twists and Turns of Community Participation in
Natural Resource Management in Australia: What is Missing? Journal of Environmental
Planning and Management, 44(3), 293-308.
Buckeridge, D. L., Mason, R., Robertson, A., Frank, J., Glazier, R., Purdon, L., et al. (2002).
Making health data maps: a case study of a community university research collaboration.
Social Science & Medicine, 55, 1189-1206.
Caldeweyher, D., Zhang, J., & Pham, B. 2006. Open CIS—Open Source GIS-based web
community information system. International Journal of Geographical Information
Science, 20 (8), 885-898.
Campbell, S., & Fainstein, S. S. (1996). Introduction: The Structure and Debates of Planning
Theory. In Campbell, S., & Fainstein, S. S. (Eds.), Readings in Planning Theory.
Cambridge: Blackwell Publishers, pp. 1-4.
132
Chapter 8: Bibliography
Cavana, R., Delahaye, B. L., & Sekeran, U. (2001). Applied business research: Qualitative
and quantitative methods. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley and Sons.
Central Northern Adelaide Health Service. (2008). Central Northern Adelaide Health Service
Social Health Atlas 2008. Retrieved 24 November, 2008, from
http://www.publichealth.gov.au/interactive_mapping/sa_sha_cnahs_2005/atlas.html
Clandinin, D. J. (2007). Handbook of narrative inquiry: Mapping a methodology. London:
Sage Publications.
Connelly, F. M., & Clandinin, D. J. (2006). Narrative inquiry. Handbook of complementary
methods in education research, 3, 477-487.
Cromley, E. K., & McLafferty, S. L. (2002). GIS and public health. New York: Guilford
Press.
Croner, C. M. (2003). Public Health, GIS and the Internet. Public Health, 24, 57-80.
Dean Jr, J. W., & Sharfman, M. P. (1993). Procedural Rationality in the Strategic Decision
Making Process. Journal of management studies, 30(4), 587-610.
Dooris, M. (1999). Healthy Cities and Local Agenda 21: the UK experience—challenges for
the new millennium. Health Promotion International, 14(4), 365-375.
Duhl, L. J., & Sanchez, A. K. (1999). Healthy cities and the city planning process. A
Background Documentation On Links Between Health and Urban Planning, Retrieved
10 October, 2008, from http://www.euro.who.int/__data/assets/pdf_file/0009/
101610/E67843.pdf
Dur, F., Yigitcanlar, T., & Bunker, J. (2009). A Decision Support System for Sustainable
Urban Development: The Integrated Land Use and Transportation Indexing Model.
Paper presented at the Postgraduate Infrastructure Conference. Queensland University of
Technology, Brisbane, Australia.
Ensor, T., & Cooper, S. (2004). Overcoming barriers to health service access: influencing the
demand side. Health policy and planning, 19(2), 69.
Evans, G. E., & Riha, J. R. (1989). Assessing DSS effectiveness using evaluation research
methods. Information & management, 16(4), 197-206.
Fereday, J., & Muir-Cochrane, E. (2008). Demonstrating rigor using thematic analysis: A
hybrid approach of inductive and deductive coding and theme development.
International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 5(1), 80.
Flood, P. C., Hannan, E., Smith, K. G., Turner, T., West, M. A., & Dawson, J. (2000). Chief
executive leadership style, consensus decision making, and top management team
effectiveness. European Journal of work and organizational psychology, 9(3), 401-420.
Flynn, B. C. (1996). Healthy cities: toward worldwide health promotion. Public Health, 17,
299-309.
Fonseca, M., & Malheiros, J. (2005). Social Integration & Mobility: Education, Housing &
Health–Immiscoe Cluster B5 State of the Art Report. Rede de Excelência Europeia–
IMISCOE, Centro de Estudos Geográficos (EPRU)–Universidade de Lisboa.
Forester, J. (1989). Planning in the face of power. Berkeley: University of California Press.
133
Chapter 8: Bibliography
Gibson, W. (2006). Thematic Analysis. Retrieved 10 April, 2011, from www.ilit.org
/air/files/thematic_analysis.doc
Gorard, S. (2003). Quantitative methods in social science: [the role of numbers made easy].
London: Continuum.
Gorry, G. A., & Morton, M. S. S. (1971). A framework for management information systems.
Cambridge, MA, USA: Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Greenhalgh, T., Russell, J., & Swinglehurst, D. (2005). Narrative methods in quality
improvement research. Quality and Safety in Health Care, 14(6), 443.
Gudes, O., Kendall, E., Yigitcanlar, T., Pathak, V., & Baum, S. (2010). Rethinking health
planning. Health Information Management Journal, 39(2), 18-29.
Healey, P. (1993). Planning through debate: the communicative turn in planning theory.
Town Planning Review, 63(2), 142-162.
Healey, P. (1997). Collaborative Planning, shaping places in fragmented societies. In
fragmented societies. Macmillan, London
Higgs, G., & Gould, M. (2001). Is there a role for GIS in the 'New NHS'? Health & Place, 7,
247-259.
Igbaria, M., & Guimaraes, T. (1994). Empirically Testing the Outcomes of User Involvement
in DSS Development. Omega, 22(2), 157-172.
Innes, J., & Booher, D. (1999). Consensus building and complex adaptive systems. Journal of
the American Planning Association, 65(4), 412-423.
Israel, B. A., Schulz, A. J., Parker, E. P., & Becker, A. B. (2001). Community-based
participatory research: policy recommendations for promoting a partnership approach in
health research. Education for Health, 14(2), 182-197.
Kaukinen, C., & Fulcher, C. (2005). Mapping the social demography and location of HIV
services across Toronto neighbourhoods. Health and Social Care in the Community,
14(1), 37-48.
Kazda, M. J., Beel, E. R., Villegas, D., Matinez, J. G., Patel, N., & Migala, W. (2009).
Methodological complexities and the use of GIS in conducting a community needs
assessment of a large U.S. municipality. Community health, 34(3), 210-215.
Kelly, N. M., & Tuxen, K. (2003). WebGIS for Monitoring "Sudden Oak Death" in coastal
California. Computer Environment and Urban Systems, 27, 527-547.
Kendall, E., Muenchberger, H., Baum, S., & Yigitcanlar, T. (2007). Coalitions for community
health [LP0882066]. ARC Linkage Round 2: Australian Government.
Kingston, R., Carver, S., Evans, A., & Turton, I. (2001). Public participation, GIS and
cyberdemocracy: evaluating on-line spatial decision support systems. Environment and
Planning B: Planning and Design, 28(6), 907-921.
Kirsten, B., & Rushton, G. (2009). Mapping cancer for community engagement. Preventing
Chronic Disease, 6(1) 1-8.
134
Chapter 8: Bibliography
Krasny, M., & Doyle, R. (2002). Participatory approaches to program development and
engaging youth in research: The case of an inter-generational urban community
gardening program. Journal of Extension, 40(5), 1–21.
Kuching Healthy City Secretariat State Planning Unit. (2002). Kuching Healthy City Annual
Report, 2002.
Logan City Council. (2003). Logan Public Health Plan 2003-2008. Logan, Australia.
Maeng, D. M., & Nedovic-Budic, Z. (2010). Relationship between ICT and urban form in
knowledge-based development: empirical analysis of Washington, DC metro region.
International Journal of Knowledge-Based Development, 1(1), 97-117.
Margerum, R. (1999). Integrated environmental management: the foundations for successful
practice. Environmental management, 24(2), 151-166.
Mattessich, P. W., Murray-Close, M., Monsey, B. R., & Foundation, A. H. W. (2001).
Collaboration: What makes it work 2nd Edition. Amherst H. Wilder Foundation St. Paul,
MN.
McElroy, J. A., Remington, P. L., Gangnon, R. E., Hariharan, L., & Andersen, L. D. (2006).
Identifying Geographic Disparities in the Early Detection of Breast Cancer Using a
Geographic Information System. Preventing Chronic Disease Public Health research,
Practice, And Policy, 3(1), 1-8.
Melbourne City Council. (2008). Melbourne 2030 Planning for sustainable growth.
Retrieved 15 November, 2008, from www.melbourne2030.vic.gov.au
Minkler, M. (2000). Using participatory action research to build healthy communities. Public
Health Reports, 115(2-3), 191.
Minkler, M. E., & Wallerstein, N. E. (2003). Community based participatory research for
health. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.
Mitchell, B. (1997). Resource and environmental management. London: Longman.
Mitchell, B., & Hollick, M. (1993). Integrated catchment management in Western Australia:
transition from concept to implementation. Environmental management, 17(6), 735-743.
Morse, J. M., Barrett, M., Mayan, M., Olson, K., & Spiers, J. (2002). Verification strategies
for establishing reliability and validity in qualitative research. International Journal of
Qualitative Methods, 1(2), 1-19.
Murray, D. J. (2006). A Critical Analysis of Communicative Planning Theory as a
Theoretical Underpinning for Integrated Resource and Environmental Management.
Unpublished PhD, Griffith University, Brisbane.
National Health and Hospitals Reform Commission. (2008). A healthier future for all
Australians- Interim report December 2008. National Health and Hospitals Reform
Commission.
Nobre, F., Braga, A., Pinheiro, R., & dos Santos Lopes, J. (1997). GISEpi: a simple
geographical information system to support public health surveillance and
epidemiological investigations. Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine, 53(1),
33-45.
135
Chapter 8: Bibliography
Northridge, M. E., Sclar, E. D., & Biswas, P. (2003). Sorting Out the Connections Between
the Built Environment and Health: A Conceptual Framework for Navigating Pathways
and Planning Healthy Cities. Journal of Urban Health: Bulletin of the New York
Academy of Medicine, 80, 556-568.
Omar, M. H., & Lascu, D. N. (1993). Development of a user information satisfaction scale:
an alternative measure with wide applicability. Journal of Information Technology
Management, 4(2), 1-13.
Parnell, J. A., & Bell, E. D. (1994). The Propensity for Participative Decision Making Scale.
Administration & Society, 25(4), 518-530.
Philips, R. L., Kinman, E. L., Schnitzer, P. G., Lindbloom, E. J., & Ewigman, B. (2000).
Using Geographic Information Systems to Understand Health Care Access. Archives of
Family Medicine, 9, 971-978.
Queensland Health. (2005). Report on GIS and public health spatial applications, Public
Health Services. Brisbane, Australia.
Rundstrom, R.A. (1990). A Cultural Interpretation of Inuit Map Accuracy.
Geographical Review 80, 155-168.
Rich, B., Savage, B., Adkins, B., & Caldeweyher, D. (2005). GIS as a Tool for Decision
Making and Evaluation. Paper presented at the Social Change in the 21st century
Conference. Brisbane, Australia.
Richards, T., Croner, C., Rushton, G., Brown, C., & Fowler, L. (1999). Geographic
Information Systems and Public Health: Mapping the Future. Public Health Reports,
114(4), 359-360.
Ridley, J., & Jones, L. (2001). User and public involvement in health services: a literature
review. Health Scotland and Scottish Executive. Retrieved 10 October, 2008, from
http://www.sehd.scot.nhs.uk/involvingpeople/A%20literature%20review.pdf
Rowe, G., & Frewer, L. J. (2000). Public participation methods: A framework for evaluation.
Science, technology & human values, 25(1), 3.
Rushton, G. (2000). GIS to Improve Public Health. Transactions, 4(1), 1-4.
Sager, T. (1994). Communicative planning theory. Brookfield: Avebury Press.
Salmon, G. (2004). E-Moderating: The key to online teaching and learning. London: Taylor
& Francis
Sarid, J., & Sarid, M. (2006). The Hebrew Guide for SPSS for Windows. Kiryat Haim, Israel:
Sarid Institute. [Hebrew]
Satterthwaite, D. (1999). The Earthscan reader in sustainable cities. London:
Earthscan/James & James.
Schulz, A., & Northridge, M. E. (2004). Social Determinants of Health: Implications for
Environmental Health Promotion. Health Education & Behavior, 31(4), 455-471.
Scotch, M., & Parmanto, B. (2006). Development of SOVAT: A numerical-spatial decision
support systems for community health assessment research. Medical Informatics, 75,
771-784.
136
Chapter 8: Bibliography
Shim, J. P., Warkentin, M., Courtney, J. F., Power, D. J., Sharda, R., & Carlsson, C. (2002).
Past, present, and future of decision support technology. Decision Support Systems,
33(2), 111-126.
Simon, H. (1960). New science of management decision. Princeton, NJ: Citeseer.
Stern, E., Gudes, O., & Svoray, T. (2009). Web-Based Traditional Public Participation
Comprehensive Planning: A Comparative Study. Environment and Planning B, 36 ,113-
134.
Su, Y., Slottow, J., & Mozes, A. (2000). Distributing proprietary geographic data on the
World Wide Web—UCLA GIS database and map server. Computers and Geosciences,
26(7), 741-749.
Theseira, M. (2002). Using Internet GIS technology for sharing health and health related data
for the west Midlands region. Health & Place, 8, 37-46.
Trooskin, S., Hadler, J., St Louis, T., & Navarro, V. (2005). Geospatial analysis of hepatitis C
in Connecticut: a novel application of a public health tool. Public Health, 119(11), 1042-
1047.
Turban, E. (1993). Decision support and expert systems: management support systems.
Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Waring, S., Zakos-Feliberti, A., Wood, R., Stone, M., Padgett, P., & Arafat, R. (2005). The
Utility of geographic information systems (GIS) in rapid epidemiological assessments
following weather-related disasters: Methodological issues based on the Tropical Storm
Allison experience. International Journal of Hygiene and Environmental Health, 208,
109-116.
World Health Organisation. (1997). Twenty steps for developing a Healthy Cities project.
World Health Organisation (Ed.). (1999). Health: Creating Healthy Cities in the 21st Century.
In The Earthscan reader in sustainable cities. London: Earthscan Publications.
Yaffee, S. L. (1998). Cooperation: A strategy for achieving stewardship across boundaries. In
R, Night & P. Landres (Eds.), Stewardship across boundaries. Washington DC, Island
Press, pp 299-324.
Yigitcanlar, Tan & Gudes, Ori (2008) Web-based public participatory GIS. In Adam,
Frédéric & Humphreys, Patrick (Eds.) Encyclopaedia of Decision Making and Decision
Support Technologies. IGI Global Publishing, Hershey, Pa, pp. 969-976.
Yin, R. K. (2003). Applications of case study research. London: Sage publications.
137
Chapter 9: Appendices
Chapter 9: Appendices
9.1 DECISION-MAKING PROCESSES QUESTIONNAIRE
LBHC Decision-Making Survey
In answering the questions below, please consider the following definition of the
LBHC. The term LBHC has been used to refer to the entire coalition including all its
components (i.e., the Board, program areas and advisory groups or networks). In responding
to these questions, please consider how the LBHC operates as a whole entity.
Section A: Please answer the following questions about yourself (please place an X
in the appropriate place).
**** Have you completed this survey previously?
Yes____
No_____
1. What is your Gender?
____________
Male____Female_____
2. In what year you were born____________
3. What is your current marital status?
___ Married
___ Living with a partner or de facto
___ Separated / Divorced
___ Widowed
___ Never married
138
Chapter 9: Appendices
4. What is the highest level of education completed?
___ Up to year 10 or equivalent
___ Year 11/12 or equivalent
___ Certificate/diploma
___ University degree or higher
5. In which component of the LBHC are you involved? (please specify)
____________________________________
6. Approximately how long have you been involved in the LBHC? (please specify)
______________________________________
Section B: Please answer the following questions about your feedback on the way
decisions are being made in the Logan Beaudesert Health Coalition.
Please rate your level of agreement with the following statements by
placing an X in the appropriate box.
N
ot
at
all
A L
ittl
e
So
me
Mo
der
ate
ly
Oft
en
Mo
stly
Co
mp
lete
ly
1. The LBHC looks for information when making a decision.
2. The LBHC analyses relevant information before making a decision.
3. Analytic techniques are important for making decisions in the LBHC.
4. The process of decision-making within the LBHC tends to be intuitive.
5. The LBHC focuses on crucial information and ignores irrelevant stuff.
6. The LBHC decisions are important.
7. The LBHC decisions have the desired impact.
8. The consequences of delaying LBHC decisions are serious.
9. LBHC decisions are not final until all relevant members agree.
10. Everyone‘s input is incorporated into important LBHC decisions.
11. It is worth more time to reach consensus on important decisions.
12. When making decisions, the LBHC works hard to reach agreement.
13. Everyone has a chance to participate in decision-making in the LBHC.
14. The LBHC uses a participative approach to reach effective decisions.
15. Group decisions in the LBHC are worth any extra time required.
139
Chapter 9: Appendices
Section C: Please use this page to add any other comments you would like to make about the
way in which the LBHC currently makes decisions or plans for the future.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
**** This question appears only on the second round decision-making survey
Please rate your level of agreement with the following statements by
placing an X in the appropriate box.
The information that is currently available to me through the LBHC:
No
t a
t a
ll
A L
ittl
e
So
me
Mo
der
ate
l
y
Oft
en
Mo
stly
Co
mp
lete
l
y
16. The information helps me to recognize that a decision needs to be
made.
17. The information prepares me to make better decisions.
18. The information helps me to think about the pros and cons of each
option.
19. The information helps me to think about which pros and cons are most
important.
20. The information helps me know what matters most to the decision.
21. The information helps me to organise my own thoughts about the
decision.
22. The information helps me to think about how involved I want to be in
each decision.
23. The information helps me to identify questions I want to ask about the
decision.
24. The information prepares me to talk to about the decision.
25. The information prepares me for follow-up discussions about the topic.
140
Chapter 9: Appendices
9.2 USER SATISFACTION QUESTIONNAIRE
The HDSS User Satisfaction Questionnaire
The following questions require you to rate the importance and performance of different features of the HDSS. In rating these items, please
consider how the HDSS operates as a decision support system for the LBHC based on the exposure you have had to it so far.
Please tick the rating you feel most represents your evaluation of the HDSS feature – both
performance and importance responses need to be given for each item.
Importance
Please provide your rating of
the importance you attach to
each feature, on a scale of 1-7
where 1 is low importance
and 7 is high importance
Performance
Please provide your rating of
the performance of the HDSS
on each feature, on a scale of
1-7 where 1 is poor
performance and 7 is
excellent performance.
Lo
w
Med
ium
Hig
h
Po
or
Med
ium
Ex
cell
ent
1. Availability and timeliness of information provided by the HDSS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2. Ability to access the system without support from the system administrator 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3. Accuracy and completeness of the information provided by the system 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4. Flexibility of the data and its applicability to a range of scenarios 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5. User confidence in the system 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6. Ease of access for users to the HDSS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7. Current and up-to-date information provided by the system 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8. Efficiency of the system in setting up, update and maintenance 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
9. Relevance of the system outputs to LBHC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10. System priorities that reflect the overall LBHC objectives 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
11. Defining and monitoring information systems policies for the HDSS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12. Level of LBHC involvement in defining and monitoring the system 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
13. Existence of a planning agenda to develop the system 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
141
Chapter 9: Appendices
14. Improvements to the system 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15. System responsiveness to changing user needs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
16. Quality and competence of the system 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
17. Technical competence level of the system administrator 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
18. Communication between users and the system administrator 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
19. Data analysis capabilities of the system to support the decision-making process 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
20. Availability of tools in the system to analyse issues related to the Logan Beaudesert area 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
21. User‘s feeling of participation in the HDSS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
22. User influence on the development of the system 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
23. Helpfulness of the system administrator 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Please tick the rating you feel most represent your evaluation of the following question
Satisfaction
Po
or
Med
ium
Hig
h
24. Overall, how would you rate your satisfaction with the HDSS system?
1
2 3 4 5 6 7
Please type below any other comments you would like to make about the HDSS, particularly in the context of user
experience and satisfaction.
........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
142
Chapter 9: Appendices
9.3 HDSS CORRECTIONS AND UPDATES REPORT
Feature /
name
comment Action taken
Printing When printing to JPG it opens in a new window; however,
some HDSS end-users are blocked by their browser default
settings
Message displayed in
Login Window. All
HDSS users should
enable their pop-up
windows for the HDSS
site
Search
feature
In this regard, it is important to state / note what facilities
are being searched. So, the layer named ―all facilities‖
needs to explicitly present its included sub-layers (in
parentheses).
Added sub-layer names in
parenthesis
Identify tool It is preferable that recent results will not be presented after
closing the tool, it confuses HDSS end-users. Further,
cancel the zoom to object when clicking the info icon;
HDSS end-users don‘t understand why they suddenly
zoomed-in to a particular object.
Previous results will not
be shown
* Zoom to geographical
object was cancelled
Refreshing
the maps
At the moment, the only option to refresh the map / system
is via F5 or refresh button. Yet, it forces HDSS end-users to
log-in again to the system.
Refresh button has been
added (can see it in
action, when you draw
something and then click
on the refresh button)
Layer names In all health layers (based on Health Atlas of Australia), we
need to add the following: rate per 1,000
Multicultural layers should be named at the following
order: Percentages African from total population,
Percentages Middle Eastern from total population,
Percentages Pacific Islander form total population and
Nationalities (it also appears in the metadata list)
Indigenous layers should be named in the following order:
Percentage Torres Strait Islander from total population,
Percentages Aboriginal from total population, and
Percentages Both Torres Strait Islander and Aboriginal
from total population
Layer names were
changed, and it is now
clear. All health layer
names (e.g. chronic
diseases) include now the
following note: Rate per
1,000
Centrelinks Changed layer name Centralinks to Centrelinks Layer name was changed
143
Chapter 9: Appendices
9.4 LOGBOOK
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 1 Pre
Interventi
on
---------
----
9/11/2009 email Cheryl
Wardrope
EYI Hi Ori,
I have finally made a list of information that I would like to use from your GIS system. • Public housing
• Primary schools - state and private
• parks • child health
• oral health
• state pre-schools • community welfare
• employment services
• libraries • SEIFA index
• population
• population projections If some of these are not in a format that I can use, just let me know.
I have sent an e-mail off to Shannon Rutherford at GU Nathan to see if she knows anyone who may
be able to help with the air quality section.
So far we have identified that the mapping the Australian Early Development Index (AEDI) would be useful and possible the boundaries of our partners/MOUs.
Kind regards, Cheryl
144
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment Pre
Interventi
on
---------
----
9/11/2009 email Elizabeth
Kendall
GU
Thanks Ori and Cheryl
Happy to approve Cheryl's use of the data for EYI development - on the topic of the AEDI data, we
had planned on entering this data into the mapping, but were unable to access raw data at the time. It
would be ideal to map the AEDI against all the other determinants in the database. Ori or Cheryl, can you please follow up. I recall sending the name of the AEDI manager to Hoon at some stage for
follow-up but haven't heard anything. Cheryl, Hoon also has some family data from the Logan
survey and the Environments for healthy living survey. We can also make summaries of this data available to you.
Ori, Naomi, Cheryl's request is an important piece of data about the information-seeking and planning activities of the LBHC - probably our first real unsolicited request for planning data other
than Debbie's regular meetings and Council meetings! Thank you for asking Cheryl!
1 Pre
Interventi
on
---------
----
9/11/2009 email Naomi
Sunderland
GU E
Hi EK
yes I agree this is important marker in development of evidence use in the
LBHC
go Cheryl (and Ori!)
cheerio Naomi
I agree that exporting the data into pdf or excel files would be beneficial, especially for large
projects such as healthy city plans. Being able to visually see the data assists in developing a picture of the area much quicker but being able to present the data in tables etc for reports would be
helpful. We are still thinking of ways to use the system...
145
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 2 Pre
Interventi
on
---------
----
9/11/2009 email Ori Gudes GU Dear Cheryl
Please find the requested files, sorry for the delay, as I had to extract the data separately from each GIS layer, hopefully in the near future you and the other end-users will able to do it straight-forward
from the HDSS.
(data has been delivered)
Kind regards Ori
Data has been
provided
3 Pre Interventi
on
-------------
12/11/2009 email Cheryl Wardrope
EYI • Does the system contain the location of the food banks in the area? • Is it possible to access data on children accessing speech pathology/therapy (occupational therapy
and dieticians as well) services in the Logan Hospital or through other services?
4 Pre Interventi
on
-------------
19/11/2009 Workshop with EYI
EYI, Ori Gudes GU, EYI GIS Presentation + feedback session, Forms were disseminated and feedback has been collected
146
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 5 Pre
Interventi
on
---------
----
4/02/2010 email Cheryl
Wardrope
EYI Hi Ori and Elizabeth,
This is the information that I was hoping may be available (just to save me some time):
Ori,
I have had another look at your framework and you may or may not have any of this information accessible or easily accessible:
• Paul mentioned that you may have information on avoidable hospitalisations for the area that I
may be able to access. • I am wanting to include information on rates of disability.
• I haven't included transport, is there any information that can be easily taken from your system?
Or are there areas that clearly lack transport options. • Public housing - is this % of public housing in areas?
One of the populations that the EYI needs to engage with is the Cultural and Linguistically diverse
population • I have included % born overseas in my scan but am not sure if you have additional data that may
be useful.
• Would you have anything specific on refugee populations? • is there specific information for the CALD population on income, education, internet access, etc?
6 Pre
Interventi
on
---------
----
4/02/2010 email Elizabeth
Kendall
GU You mentioned in an earlier e-mail that Hoon has some family data from the Logan survey and the
Environments for healthy living survey and you could make summaries of this data available. Is it
possible to access this?
I appreciate any assistance you can give me.
The 2009 AEDI community profiles will be available in March and I will pass these on.
Kind regards, Cheryl
147
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 7 Pre
Interventi
on
---------
----
4/02/2010 email Ori Gudes GU Dear Cheryl
Thanks for your detailed email (invaluable contribution...), this is the kind of feedback we are expecting to have from the board and EY members, which may improve our future HDSS.
Since, few of the suggestions are also related to other colleagues, with your permission I cc'ed Hoon to this email.
Kindly, view my comments highlighted in red:
148
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 8 Pre
Interventi
on
---------
----
4/02/2010 email Cheryl
Wardrope
EYI Hi Ori and Elizabeth,
This is the information that I was hoping may be available (just to save me some time):
Ori,
I have had another look at your framework and you may or may not have any of this information accessible or easily accessible:
• Paul mentioned that you may have information on avoidable hospitalisations for the area that I
may be able to access. - We are expecting to have an access to the 'avoidable hospitalisations' data through QH application, which is currently under process.
•
• I am wanting to include information on rates of disability. - Hoon, is that part of the QH application? Alternatively, we may include the disability data from the LBHC survey findings?
•
• I haven't included transport, is there any information that can be easily taken from your system? Or are there areas that clearly lack transport options. - Good one (-; our dataset encompasses /
includes few layers of public transportation, such as: bus stations, rail train, rail train stations, bus
routes and all the attributes data which is associated to this topic. • Public housing - is this % of public housing in areas? No, (and I did not noticed any % there?), in
fact these layers represent the scale of prices of 1-4 bedrooms public housing in our AOI.
One of the populations that the EYI needs to engage with is the Cultural and Linguistically diverse population
• I have included % born overseas in my scan but am not sure if you have additional data that may
be useful. Yes, we have the following layers in the system: Multicultural (Clustered Nationalities according to ABS, for instance Africa, Middle Easterian etc;), Indigenous groups (Aboriginal, TS,
both etc;), Nationalities (not clustered) layers based on every SLA in our AOI.
• Would you have anything specific on refugee populations? Yes, we have (to some extent) like Sudanese etc; Yet, specific request may lead to further investigation and implantation of new layers,
in this regard.
• is there specific information for the CALD population on income, education, internet access, etc? Hoon, could you refer to this one?
Elizabeth,
You mentioned in an earlier e-mail that Hoon has some family data from the Logan survey and the Environments for healthy living survey and you could make summaries of this data available. Is it
possible to access this? Hoon?
I appreciate any assistance you can give me.
The 2009 AEDI community profiles will be available in March and I will pass these on. Could you outline, to what geographical entities it will be associated (e.g. SLAs, LGAs, Suburbs, Postcodes
etc;)?
149
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 9 Pre
Interventi
on
---------
----
4/02/2010 email Ori Gudes GU I hope, I have addressed most of the points?
Regards Ori
10 Pre Interventi
on
-------------
26/03/2010 Teleconference call
Ori Gudes, Malcolm
Wolski, Ian
Miller
GU, SV Teleconference with Ian Decision has been made to conduct a
webinar with SV
11 Pre Interventi
on
-------------
4/04/2010 Webinar Ori Gudes, Malcolm
Wolski, Natalie
Kent, Naomi Sunderland, Jon
Shuker , Ian
Miller, Ishara.Kotiah
GU, SV Wemminar with Spatial Vision Suggestion has been made to scope the
DSS project with
SV
12 Interventi
on
Introdu
ction
8/04/2010 LBHC board
meeting
LBHC, Ori
Gudes
GU, LBHC
board
HDSS presentation (introduction of the system vision) The board
recognised its potential added
values, and
accordingly approved continuing
with the project
13 Post Interventi
on
Interaction
21/04/2010 Meeting Ori Gudes, Natalie Kent,
Narelle Mullan,
Naomi Sunderland
GU, WA, LBHC
Meeting with West Australia department of health Decision has been made, to maintain
the dialogue
14 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
23/04/2010 Meeting Ori Gudes,
Natalie Kent,
Naomi Sunderland,
Malcolm
Wolski
GU DTS meeting
15 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
6/05/2010 Meeting Ori Gudes,
Naomi
Sunderland, Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed
Khan, Jens
GU IP and commercialisation aspects Introduction
meeting
150
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment Tampe,
Elizabeth
Kendall
16 Post
Interventi
on
7/05/2010 Meeting Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski
GU, ESRI ESRI Meeting Information for
quote has been
collected
17 Post Interventi
on
Interaction
12/05/2010 email Ori Gudes GU Dear Colleagues
As part of our HDSS development process we have consulted with our potential end-users (LBHC board members and EY) in regard to the features they are expecting to have in the interface.
Accordingly, they have been asked to address the following question:
What system‘s features do you need to inform your decisions/ actions in this area? (for instance,
where is the closest GP location, hospital location etc ;).
Surprisingly, we have observed the following comments (concise).
Participants tend to associate their information needs to this question. For example, they have indicated what sort of information components would be beneficial for their day-to-day use.
Participants tend to say everything needs to be developed in the system (in terms of features).
Participants indicated that they would like to view other examples of evidence-based health
solutions.
Participants indicated that hands-on demonstrations are necessary, especially when the HDSS tool is
more developed.
Given that, I interpret that either the question was not clear enough or perhaps end-users interpret
features as information components rather than a technical component of a system (very interesting, indeed...). Alternatively, perhaps I should discuss this matter in the next GIS board meeting.
Subsequently, I have created a file consisting of all suggested features that seem (based on my view
and some of the given feedback) to be relevant for the HDSS interface. So, it also may be very
useful for the scoping phase with Spatial Vision
151
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 18 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
12/05/2010 email Elizabeth
Kendall
GU Hi Ori
I think this is a matter of not knowing what they don't know really - they probably need to see some
examples operating to then say "oh, I need it to do .......". I bet if you put a prototype together and then asked the same question, you would get lots of ideas. It is a bit like asking about service
delivery - people never really know what to say, but they can always critique what they have at the
moment. It may be a matter of trying to extract the principles – i.e., think of a software program you currently use in your work, what are the features that annoy you most, make life easiest for you etc.
See you
19 Post
Intervention
Interact
ion
19/05/2010 Meeting Ori Gudes,
Naomi Sunderland,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Jens
Tampe, Elizabeth
Kendall
GU Decision-making meeting Decision has been
made to move into the scoping phase
and conduct a
teleconference call with WA
20 Post
Intervention
Interact
ion
11/06/2010 Teleconferenc
e call
Ori Gudes,
Naomi Sunderland,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Natalie
Kent, Narelle Mullan
GU, LBHC,
WA
Introduction with WA and Health Tracks More information
has been provided
152
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 21 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
16/06/2010 Meeting Ori Gudes,
Naomi
Sunderland, Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed
Khan, Elizabeth Kendall, Natalie
Kent, Debbie
Cowan,Steven Keks, Jon
Shuker, Ben
Simpson, Jens Tampe, Ian
Miller,Ishara
Kotiah
GU, LBHC,
SV
Scoping meeting Introduction
(inc. project scope, plan and outputs) Identification of intended HDSS user groups and their
requirements of the system in terms of functionality, data and security Health Tracks Gap Analysis – a review of the capabilities of the CRC-SI/WA DoH application to
identify which requirements identified in item 2 it currently supports and which it doesn‘t
Griffith Uni GIS and IT Infrastructure – review the current IT (hardware, software and network) and GIS data (types and formats)
Administration Requirements: Discuss how the HDSS would be administered and supported
including the IT infrastructure, data and application, as well as training requirements IP/Potential Commercialisation
Summary and Roadmap
Discussion and
scoping of the
project with the external HDSS
board members
22 Post Interventi
on
Interaction
9/07/2010 Meeting Ori Gudes, Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed
Khan, Elizabeth Kendall, Jens
Tampe
GU Consultation meeting Option 1 was recommended by
GE (Griffith
Enterprise), Starting with Health Tracks
23 Post Interventi
on
Interaction
28/07/2010 Meeting Ori Gudes, Naomi
Sunderland,
Malcolm Wolski, Naveed
Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Natalie Kent, Steven
Keks,
GU, LBHC Consultation meeting Discussion and decision on the
project with the
external HDSS board members,
LBHC approved to
go with WA
153
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 24 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
2/08/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Natalie Kent
GU, LBHC Hey Ori,
Congratulations on a very productive meeting last week. How exciting to have a prototype so soon!
Let me know if there's anything I can do to help.
Have you heard of the GIS system used by Queensland Transport called Luptai? Thought you might
want to look into it and how it's used.
Catch you soon
Nat
25 Post
Intervention
Interact
ion
2/08/2010 email Sarah Gruber,
Ori Gudes
GU, LBHC Hi Ori,
I hope you had a good weekend. I was wondering if it were possible to send me any data about were patients with type 2 diabetes are living in the Logan Beaudesert Area? I‘m putting together a
business case at present and it would help me pinpoint areas where there are high concentrations of
diabetics, as I‘m proposing that we extend our level of dietician clinics in the area.
Hope this makes sense,
Sarah
Dietician & Primary Care Liaison Officer
P- 3290 3733 E- [email protected] W- www.sphn.org.au A- Wembley Place, 91 Wembley Road, PO Box 6008, Logan Central 4114, Qld
Southeast Primary HealthCare
154
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 26 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
3/08/2010 email Sarah Gruber,
Ori Gudes,
Elizabeth Kendall
GU, LBHC Dear Elizabeth
This is actually a great example of how GIS and spatial awareness has been evolved within the LBHC.
Specifically, I reckon this is great lead for our data set collection efforts, yet it is confidential data, so I am advising
you before addressing her question.
Regards Ori
27 Post
Intervention
Interact
ion
3/08/2010 Teleconferenc
e call
Naveed Khan,
Elizabeth Kendall, Jens
Tampe, James
Semmens, Narelle Mullan
GU, WA Consultation with WA I was not attending
in this meeting, but it seems that there
were discussion
about future collaboration with
WA and CRC-SI
(and expected to
attend in this
meeting...)
155
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 28 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
3/08/2010 email Elizabeth
Kendall, Ori
Gudes
GU Hi Ori
I have very good news! Following on from my discussions with James Semmens in WA, we can
now access Health Tracks immediately to put in your data framework and get started. We can then put our funds to improving the system for the future with no limits on our usage of the data. Naveed
is finalising the confidentiality agreement and you can start talking to Narelle immediately. We are
planning a trip for you, Malcolm and Naveed to Perth to work more closely with them in future. Things worked out perfectly! Thus your thesis will focus on health tracks as an interface for your
data frame.
E
29 Post Interventi
on
Interaction
3/08/2010 email Elizabeth Kendall, Ori
Gudes
GU Thanks for updating me, I have documented yesterday's HDSS meeting and both emails (in my LOG book). Practically, if we would have immediately access to their code, then we also need to
tell Spatial-Vision (so they can update their quote) and this is indeed very good news (-:.
Given our last HDSS meeting decision, I suggest we should arrange another external HDSS
meeting, so we can have the consent from the whole HDSS forum.
Regards Ori
156
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 30 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
4/08/2010 email Elizabeth
Kendall, Ori
Gudes
GU Yes, I am letting them know now. I will check with Naveed about whether or not we should advise
Spatial Vision at this stage. If so, you could have this conversation with them. Naveed/Jens, could
you please confirm what we should say to Spatial Vision? Regards
E
157
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 31 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
4/08/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Naomi
Sunderland, Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed
Khan, Elizabeth Kendall, Natalie
Kent, Debbie
Cowan,Steven Keks, Ben
Simpson, Jens
Tampe,
GU, LBHC Hi Natalie, Debbie, Steve and Michael
Following our last meeting, I have had several meetings with the leaders of the work in WA that resembles our work. They have designed the basic Health Tracks system that you saw during one of
the presentations. We have negotiated an extremely good deal with them:
1. free access to the existing health tracks system now so Ori can insert our data framework and we
can get started immediately
2. an agreeable IP arrangement so we have complete rights to use the system how we like 3. agreement that any funds we contribute to the project will be focused on our identified outcomes
4. the opportunity to use our funds to improve the base Health Tracks system so it meets our basic
needs and beyond 5. engagement in a broader national roll-out of a population health GIS system
This way, our funds will go much further, we can start immediately and we make sure we are part of any bigger progress in this area.
I hope that you agree with this move given that we have resolved the major concerns which were timing and ability to have free use of the tool. Please let me know what you think. As soon as we
have agreement from our partners, we can have access to Health Tracks to start importing our data.
If we go ahead, Naveed and Jens are going to continue organising our contractual arrangements on
our behalf. We are also hoping to send some bodies over to WA to see the system in operation - we
thought this group should include Ori (technical system details), Naveed (contractual stuff), Malcolm Wolski (security/privacy and hosting concerns). If any of you are keen to also be part of
this visit, let me know.
If needed, we can call another steering group meeting (or phone link up) to discuss this development
further, but Naveed and Jens think there are no concerns.
I look forward to hearing from you.
Kind regards
Elizabeth Malcolm, not sure if you can travel, but it would be great if you were there to talk to their privacy expert.
This is the best outcome that we could have hoped for.
Explanation for this
decision
158
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 32 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
5/08/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Jens
Tampe, Ian Miller
GU, SV Dear Ian
As you know, we had decided as a group to go ahead and start a new system from scratch. However, we had a very productive discussion with WA CRC yesterday, which has led to an agreement that
we can use Health Tracks as our base. No agreements or contracts have been signed yet, but things
are looking very positive. We are just waiting for confirmation from our partners here in Qld that they are happy to take this direction. The implication of this is that we will be able to proceed in the
following steps:
1. Import our data into Health Tracks - we will need to understand the procedure for making this
happen
2. Test this version of Health Tracks with our local population to gain clarity about the improvements required
3. Make significant improvements to this system rather than starting from scratch
The arrangement with WA allows us free use of the new system. Given that we can start
immediately, this is clearly the best option for us and it means that we are all in a better position at
the end of our project.
I hope this arrangement makes sense to you. Can you please let us know how you want to proceed
from here - it seems as though there might be some early work associated with adapting the Health Tracks to suit our data and then later work building onto the program - there may be things we have
already identified in our scoping that can be costed now, but there may also be other changes as we
roll out Health Tracks as a pilot in Qld. Thus, it may be possible to continue with a quote based on the first round of changes we require or you may prefer to wait until we have clarity about all the
changes that are required.
If you want to have a chat about this, please let me know and we can talk by phone. If not, just let
me know what you think is the next best step.
This is a great outcome and is what we initially thought was the most sensible way forward.
Kind regards Elizabeth
159
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 33 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
6/08/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Jens
Tampe
GU Dear Elizabeth / Malcolm / Naveed
Re: Thus, it may be possible to continue with a quote based on the first round of changes we require or you may prefer to wait until we have clarity about all the changes that are required.
The way I see this, the changes necessary from Health Tracks to HDSS, would be determined as part of Spatial Vision specific design process (specifications phase). So, just think about it as
another scoping round which is embedded as part of their new quote. I don't see this happens in any
different way, and any delay (at this stage) would be critical for making the end-of the year dead line. Thus, this is not an additional component, as they would have had to run the specifications
phase (no matter what option would have been selected). Also, this is a very common process in
every ICT development process.
Regards Ori
160
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 34 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
7/08/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Jens
Tampe, Ian Miller
GU, SV I agree that this is a good outcome for you, although I‘m sure you‘ll forgive me for finding the
timing a bit frustrating, given the effort we‘ve put in over the last week on a proposal.
Regarding how to move forward, I‘d prefer for you to confirm that the partners are happy to take
this approach before we do anything more. I‘m assuming you want our assistance to implement
Health Tracks. If you look at Table 1 in the scoping report, it sets out the various requirements and functions and has a column for Health Tracks – i.e. whether HT already delivers the requirement or
whether additional work is required, and a cost estimate for that work.
For us to produce a proposal on the implementation of Health Tracks, you would need to advise us
of whether you want to:
a. Do the minimum necessary to get HT implemented at GU, without any functional changes, or
b. Whether there are functions which HT does not provide which you would want implemented
in the initial deployment. Key amongst these may be the Login Capability in No 28.
Based on your decision regarding a or b, and if b, then the additional requirements, we would
provide a simple table of tasks and costs for you to consider and agree to, after which we could produce a proposal for the project.
Note also that in order for us to make use of the Health Tracks code for you, we will need something in writing from the CRC-SI authorizing this and clearly setting out any conditions or
requirements they may have regarding this use from a technical perspective (i.e. anything we need
to take into account in the way we use the code).
Regards
Ian Miller
161
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 35 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
7/08/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Jens
Tampe
GU Dear All,
I am writing to share some thoughts about the recent developments with CRCSI as well as looking at the email trail over the last few days.
It is certainly very encouraging that CRCSI is flexible in terms of IP sharing arrangement. Now that we have signed the CDA we can openly share further info and discuss the proposed
GeoVisualisation System in much more detail.
However, at this stage we DO NOT have a license to use Health Tracks, i.e. nothing concrete on
paper yet. That very well may depend on the face-to-face meeting between our team and CRCSI
where we all scope the project and negotiate license terms.
From our last conversation with Jeff and Narelle, I know that Elizabeth got the go-ahead for Ori to
start using the Health Tracks. However, it is not clear to me what that means exactly.
Does it mean that we can access Health Tracks for testing purposes with existing data layers to
address the immediate questions of our Coalition partners? Will this also suffice for Ori's thesis? Or, does it mean that we are allowed to take Health Tracks to add further features based on scoping
done by Spatial Vision. Keep in mind if we do this, CRCSI did not have any input in our scoping
study.
I believe it is important to ensure that our expectations and CRCSI's expectations are matching.
My understanding is that us and CRCSI should sit down face-to-face and jointly work out the scope
of the collaborative project. The scope will clearly outline where Health Tracks is at the moment
and how it maybe enhanced (based on specific requirements of both CRCSI and us). This will be a joint exercise where both parties will have input.
Once the scope of the joint collaboration is done, then we all will be in a better position to cost the project, i.e. what features need to be added to Health Tracks to come up with an enhanced system
that serves both our needs as well as CRCSI's. It is at this stage that Spatial Vision (or any other 3rd
party developer) maybe engaged to develop the enhanced system.
Please let me know if my understanding is correct or if I am going off at a tangent.
I would recommend that we hold-off from contacting Spatial Vision any further until we all agree
that we are on the same page.
Regarding the meeting with CRCSI, I am available from the week of 23rd August to fly to Perth.
Feel free to give me call if you have any questions. I'm at Gold Coast all day on Monday 9th August
162
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment but will be contactable via mobile: 0401 564 205
Kind regards,
163
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 36 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
7/08/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Jens
Tampe
GU Thank for your email,
Given the fact that I was not attending in this meeting, I am not aware explicitly of what was
promised by CRC-SI / WA. However, it is clear from your email that there is a gap between our expectations (which is certainly varies also within our group too) and the CRC-SI. The way I view
this, there are two separate discussions with CRC-SI / WA:
1. Get a license to use Health Tracks (code) and then use this as our base for customising, adapting
into our HDSS (this will decrease Spatial Vision offer and will address our short term needs); and 2. Another discussion which is focused upon future collaboration (long term) with CRC-SI and any
future system to be developed. For instance, HDSS in the national level etc.
I have thoroughly reviewed WA specifications‘ document (which was sent by Narelle few days ago,
see attached for your convenience), I understand the way / process which Health Tracks has been
developed. Clearly, we may need to go through a similar process, which is literally part of the overall development phase (i.e. specific system design) that will be suggested by Spatial Vision.
Having said that, just get an access to Health Tracks is not suffice, because the system is much more
complex than just exporting our layers into a new MXD file and deploy onto the web-based GIS interface. For instance, Spatial Vision will need to re-design, re-structure and re-define our spatial
dataset so it will address our HDSS needs. Thus, it will be very naïve from us to think that if we
have an access to Health Tracks that will meet our requirements. I have been developing GIS systems for almost 10 years and there is no way we can avoid the specific design phase which will
be undertaken by Spatial Vision as part of the overall development process. Practically, it means we
are allowed to take Health Tracks and to add further features based on our scoping process (I don‘t see any problem thereof, even though that CRC-SI did not have any input in our scoping study,
given that the HDSS prototype is for our / LBHC purpose).
However, Naveed, I agree with you that we will be in a better position to cost the project (i.e. what
features need to be added to Health Tracks) to address our HDSS needs and the future collaboration
needs with CRC-SI / WA, therefore it will be worthy to wait with any decision till we have this discussion after visiting Perth.
Re: 23rd (Perth) is fine with me.
Best regards Ori
164
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 37 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
7/08/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Jens
Tampe
GU Hi Everyone
this is my understanding:
1. we have opened the way to partner with the CRC on Health Tracks 2. they have given us the right to look more closely at Health Tracks to be sure it suits us - for this
reason, we have signed confidentiality agreements
3. we have the opportunity to import our data into the HT system through whatever means is appropriate (SV seems to be the most appropriate place for this to happen as they have already
quoted on this activity and they understand the HT system). I would not be willing to do anything
further to HT until we are sure we have everything bedded down. 4. we can continue with our local test of the usability etc. of HT once our data has been imported
once we are satisfied that the agreement with the CRC allows us to continue developing and using
the HT model (the meeting with CRC indicated that this would not be an issue, but we have to negotiate the actual agreement).
5. we need to think about partnering with them in a bigger way through their submission for further
funding
We need to confirm with them who is travelling to Perth in the week of 23rd. Malcolm, are you able
to go also?
Naveed, do you have someone who could attend to bookings etc.? Or should I ask Claire to do this?
Regards E
165
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 38 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
12/08/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Jens
Tampe, Narelle Mullan
GU, WA Dear Narelle
Not sure that I clearly understand (you saying) "While we can't solve all the requirements" I have just sent this file as part of our collaboration etc; Re: access to HT / IP code, it is clear to me as
someone who has a lot of experience on developing GIS systems in Israel, that this is only one
component (in the overall development process) required to develop an adequate interface, and I have not even mentioned the following steps / components:
• specific design and scoping
• re-configuration / re-constricting the data set, • code developing and customisation of it,
• testing the system
• and training.
Yes, please send the agenda proposal.
Regards Ori
166
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 39 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
16/08/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Jens
Tampe, Narelle Mullan
Hi Narelle
Thanks so much for your time on Friday. It was extremely helpful.
Following on from my conversation with you, we wondered if we could have a phone link up with
you and your GIS people before sending Ori and Naveed to WA.
As I mentioned to you, there is just a bit of confusion on our end about exactly what will be required
in order to transfer our data into the Health Track system to support a pilot trial of the system. As I have to find the funds to cover this work, I need to be very clear what we need to budget for.
We have always understood that our data structure is more complicated (more layers) than Health Track currently holds, so we would have to restrict the number of layers we wish to work with. This
is fine for our trial (which, as you know, focuses on useability of GIS data in health coalition
decision-making). Ian also mentioned this to us.
After the trial, we would then work on increasing the capacity of HT (possibly with Ian and Spatial
Vision via your agreement with him). I also understand that there will be a potential for recoding time (if needed) so our data and HT are compatible. It would be very helpful if we could reach some
clarity about what is needed here? Is there anything else your GIS people think might be necessary?
Based on Ori's evaluation, it seems possible that using HT as a base may end up costing quite a bit
and we want to be sure we are doing the right thing for our partners.
Sorry to take more of your time Narelle, but it would be good for us all to be really clear about this
before we move forward. For those of us who are not so savvy with programming terminology, it
would be really helpful to have a discussion with the GIS people.
We could meet after 4 pm (Qld Time) Tuesday-Friday. Hopefully this time might suit most people.
Please let me know if any day this week suits you? If everything is sorted out, Ori and Naveed could still travel to WA on 23rd with the partner's approval.
Look forward to talking to you more soon.
Regards
Elizabeth
167
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 40 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
17/08/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Ben
Simpson, Jens Tampe,
GU Jens wrote
Dear all,
I would like to learn what the benefit will be, if we would do a deal with the CRC and could use the
Health tracks HDSS system. I also would like to understand the similarities and differences between our system and the WA system, on each level: data, GIS, HDSS.
What are the differences between the Griffith data set and the WA data set (not relating to content, but to data format, structure etc.)?
Do we have to change the data structure to use the WA HDSS system? If yes, how long will this take and who will do this?
What are the differences between the Griffith GIS system and WA GIS system (not relating to content; are they similar, can data be swapped between them, or not)?
If not, can we (Ori) adopt our GIS system and how long will this take?
Does the WA HDSS system work on top of Griffith GIS system? If not, why and what has to be
changed? How long will this take and who will do this? If yes, how many questions can be asked with it and which questions?
I think we should contemplate a deal with the CRC only if there is a value preposition.
Best regards
Jens
168
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 41 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
17/08/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Ben
Simpson, Jens Tampe,
GU Dear All
I think the questions you have all highlighted / raised are ‗right on the spot‘, I will try to address
them based on the actual knowledge I have on both systems. Obviously, some of my answers will
be ‗new questions‘ or points for further discussion. Thus, it seems that another discussion with WA including all Griffith group members is unavoidable.
First, I would like to refer to ―one point‖ which has been emphasised in one of our last
correspondences "what will be required in order to transfer our data into the Health Track system to support a pilot trial of the system", this note describes a different approach to what I have initially
thought / expected. To the best of my knowledge, I was certain we are going to utilise their software
code for developing our HDSS by Spatial Vision. Practically, I am not clear / sure (yet) if this is doable, and if it is? It may be limited to only few GIS layers. The reason for this is that a lot of data
re-configuration and data re-formatting work needs to be done (normally) prior to developing
effective web-based GIS interfaces. The result (in this scenario) could be a very slim interface with limited data and functionality which is unlikely to address our prototype needs (particularly in terms
of usability manners). Regardless to what I have said, we may need to obtain more information
about the ―transfer our data into the Health Track system to support a pilot‖ approach / option in order to thoroughly understand the applicability of this solution. As for the technical aspects, it is
pretty challenging to address all these very important questions in an adequate and effective manner
(by email). But to make the ―long story short,‖ I have attached the following table (I hope it will make some sense?:-):
Question / point HDSS HT comments GIS layers More than 100 GIS layers based on range of sources 10-20 GIS layers not including their
Epi-Reporting tool
Do we have to change the data structure? Yes, we will have to do this, so our dataset will be re-
structured in the most effective way for deployment stage. For example, (and to simply illustrate
this point), let's say we have many GIS layers presetting different attributes of our 31 SLAs in our area of interest (e.g. SIEFA index, Education, Crime, Diabetes type 2 etc;) to manage the dataset
more effectively, these GIS layers should be converted into one huge table in SQL server (dataset)
identified by one unique field (i.e. SLA name or SLA code) for future data retrieval quires by end-users. Yes, they have re-structured their data to SQL server database prior to interface deployment
stage. Re: for who will do this, it is part of the overall development process which will be quoted
and processed by Spatial-Vision, if you look in the specific scoping paper which was prepared by
them
(SV2649_Software_Architecture_Description_v2 document in page 17, attached) you can view this
clearly. In this regard, the specific scoping document is part of the overall development too (stage 1 from 5) and literally it outlines the system ―road map‖ or ―the system story‖ with much more detail.
What are the differences between the Griffith GIS system and WA GIS system (not relating to
content; are they similar, can data be swapped between them, or not)? This is one of the key questions to be further discussed with them. Given that they have already undertaken the full
process and re-structured their dataset (in the background) it is not clear to me whether this is
doable, and if yes? To what extent? In terms of infrastructure, Malcolm, I think it would be easier as we can always add missing components for our architecture. For instance, we have license of
ArcGIS server, but it is likely that we might need to add SQL server too. If not, can we (Ori) adopt our GIS system and how long will this take? Jens, Not sure if I clearly
understood this question? But, if you are referring to develop from scratch that will take 3-4 months,
subject to many aspects. Yet, it is likely, that if we use HT code it will be decrease the time necessary for the overall development.
169
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 42 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
17/08/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Ben
Simpson, Jens Tampe,
GU • Thanks Ori, I will try to digest all this during the week.
• I was always clear that we were going to use their Health Tracks and put our data into it rather than prepare our own HT system. This is important because we will all be contributing to the same
"national" resource and there will be good version control through the CRC. Other partners from
other states might do the same as us, so we then all benefit from improved functionality of the central HT system. We are part of a national consortium, but are the leaders for Qld and have the
right to undertake consultation in our state.
• I wonder if we could organise a "Meeting Place" meeting so that we can each dial in from where
we are on the day. Are you able to organise that? Otherwise, we might need a teleconference that
dials out to everyone - Naveed, do you have someone who could organise that? Claire is not in now until Thursday and that would be too late.
Regards E
170
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 43 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
18/08/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Ben
Simpson, Jens Tampe,
GU Hello
I've probably missed most of the emails and I am playing catch up. I've now got a PA ruling my diary so I don't sink any further :)
One comment I wanted to make about Health Tracks was not to assume we can use their entire product as it is. In fact it might be quite risky to try to load our data onto their system and then
modify Health Tracks.
I would recommend (if Ori hasn't already done so) doing the requirements specification first (as per
the quote). THEN if Spatial Vision thought it was suitable we could load data into Health Tracks.
We have to be certain that their underlying "engine" (or alternative called the architecture) is compatible with Griffith's long term development plans.
We should rely on Spatial Vision's experience and recommendations here as they would be working for us and not WA Health - after all WA Health would prefer us to use Health Tracks as it is for
obvious reasons ... including emotional ties to their system :)
I suspect we can use the base Health Tracks "engine" or parts of it, but we shouldn't assume we can
nor spend too much time on trying to load data into it unless Spatial Vision recommends it.
That is my 20 cents worth.
44 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
20/08/2010 Teleconferenc
e call
Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Ben
Simpson, Jens Tampe, Narelle
Mulan
GU, WA Discussion with WA Decision was
postponed to
Monday 23/08/2010 (additional
conference meeting
with them)
171
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 45 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
21/08/2010 Teleconferenc
e call
Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Ben
Simpson, Jens Tampe, Narelle
Mullan
GU, WA Discussion with WA Not enough details
were provided,
some issues with CRC-SI
172
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 46 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
21/08/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Ben
Simpson, Jens Tampe,
GU Dear Naveed
Following our yesterday's discussion, I think we may need to emphasise few of the following points
to Narelle, ascertaining that Monday's discussion would be productive.
1. They have to outline what it really means "access to HT"? Does it mean access to their code /
software which we will be taken and used on our server, or it means that we shall add our layers to
their software which will be hosted and managed in their own central server? (and if this is the case, what does it mean in terms of data re-configuration and cost required). Obviously, they won't have
all the answers, but they have to present their view in the light of these technical components / costs.
2. They need to think as they are in "our shoes", what would be the necessary process from now onwards? what are the technical components, and who is going to engage with Spatial Vision and
for what tasks? For instance, specific requirements, data reconfiguration, programming and code
customisation, testing and trialling etc. They have to address these topics (from the technical perspective) before we can make informed decision.
3. They may need to gather all their technical persons to this discussion, so we can obtain as much
as information possible.
In sum, I suggest to forward this message to Narrele (beforehand), so they can be ready this time.
Regards Ori
173
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 47 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
21/08/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Ben
Simpson, Jens Tampe,
GU Malcolm wrote:
Hi
Unless I misunderstood Narelle, she said they would not want to host the server/HT version there
(i.e. WA Health) and that we would have to host it (at least as far as WA Health were concerned - the CRC guy didn't say anything and we would need that in writing). I then assumed that if we
hosted it we could do what we liked with it - code and all. However .... we had better check as the
might not give us the source code :)
It did occur to me yesterday that I was still unclear about:
a) the CRC guy said they would employ Spatial Vision to do any development work but he was silent on who actually paid for the work (or did I miss something)
e.g.
will we have to pay for the development work - who would we contract to do the work and under what arrangement e.g. a contract with the CRC who subcontracts the work or do we just give our
specifications to CRC and money changes hands somehow else, or we don't pay for the work - then
what is the catch - nothing is for free. Do we have to contribute to become a member/partner and that is the benefits of the partnership. Also if CRC employ Spatial Vision to do coding would they
do it on our version or a version over at the CRC who would provide us with the new version. That
could add layers to the process but it is still workable. If it costs us $50k to become a partner then you'd have to ask why bother.
b) I still didn't understand the development control process. If the CRC employs spatial vision can we just tell the CRC what we want and they have to do it or do they have some rights over what
development we do - if so, who decides what development we do. That could be ugly.
Again what worried me was that I didn't quite get the relationship between the CRC and WA
Health. Who speaks for who - obviously there is a lot of goodwill with WA Health but do the WA
Health people speak for the CRC.
We'd need to see the answers to the above in writing and be happy with it before we signed any
agreement. It would be good if Narelle could answer the above questions tomorrow.
Malcolm
174
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 48 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
21/08/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Ben
Simpson, Jens Tampe,
GU
Thanks Malcolm Yes, that is what I heard Narelle say also - it seems that we will work separately, but there will be
one version of HT that will be available to all partners (not sure who will manage version control). I
agree with all your concerns about how and who controls what is happening - it seems as though WA health is a strong financial partner of CRC and Narelle is on the governing board. We have
been offered a place on the board also. My dealings have been full of goodwill with James and
Narelle, but not sure if they have the capacity to turn that into action via Mike and the CRC. As you say, all steps need to be stated in writing from the CRC.
Thank you for spending the time on Monday to sort through this with Narelle.
I look forward to hearing your views. Regards
E
175
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 49 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
23/08/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Ben
Simpson, Jens Tampe, Narelle
Mulan
GU, WA Dear Narelle,
Thank you very much for the meeting on Friday and for providing us the opportunity to ask
questions. Our understanding is that WA Health is ok for us to obtain access to HT. Our understanding is also
that this would allow us to contribute to development of the next generation of the software.
One of our key requirements is to use HT for early testing and to pilot with our partners. We are looking to do this in a short timeframe (over the next 6 months)
We discussed a number of points in our meeting last week. I have listed them below as we hope to
clarify them further today: • How do you see the pilot fit into a long-term development plan for the next generation of HT.
• Is the existing HT software amenable to adaptation onto our framework, data layers, GIS
architecture and server? • Would this require additional work (e.g. data reconfiguration, re-programming etc.). How
will the scope of this work be determined? Would Griffith have control over what we want in the
pilot? • If additional work is required to deploy HT as a pilot, can this be done by a GIS expert (e.g.
Ori) or would this require Spatial Vision? What might be the potential cost of this work?
• What would be the development control process for the pilot – i.e. would CRCSI be the lead party who will contract with Spatial Vision? How will this impact on the control we have about the
software development?
• If other Councils, agencies want to access HT to deploy their data (which might be in a different format, structure), would they have to go through the same process as we do? Is Spatial
Vision always required to do the work? Is there any part of the software development process that
can be automated and does not require Spatial Vision services (to reduce cost).
I hope that in the meeting today we can get better understanding about some of the technical issues between our GIS experts.
Look forward to talking to you.
Kind regards,
Naveed
176
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 50 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
25/08/2010 Teleconferenc
e call
Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall
GU Decision has been
made to contact Ian
from SV
177
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 51 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
30/08/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall
GU Hi
I had a chat with Ian from Spatial Vision about how to proceed with a requirements specification that would help us understand the overlap with Health Tracks but ensure we develop a system that
meets our (i.e. our partner's) needs.
He is going to have a chat with his technical person but he agreed there is a risk that if we came at it
using the Health Tracks system we may not end up with the system that meets our needs both in the
architecture or the interface (keeping in mind the three areas we wanted to focus on such as Healthy Cities, Child Friendly Cities plus one other). He also said that there were a couple of areas in
Griffith's system which needed fully fleshing out to see how it would work, what was required etc.
He thinks they may be able to do our specification from scratch and keep referring to the Health
Tracks specification for each function to see how much they could use from that system. He has
gone away to talk to the technical person (I can't remember her name) and come back with a more detailed proposal for the specification process (which is $10k in the quote).
He said he'd send something in the next day or so.
178
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 52 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
30/08/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall
GU Thanks Malcolm
As usual, you are very helpful. I have asked Scott if we could have a chat to his GIS programming contact in Beijing. I think this conversation is an important one so we can be sure whether or not
Spatial Vision/Health Tracks can provide us with the solutions we need for our partners and our
own sustainability/future growth in this area. There may be other options/directions for us take that we should explore.
If you all go ahead and have a meeting before I get back, could you please invite Scott also?
Thanks
E
Decision has been
made to request SV
to provide a quote for the
specifications report
179
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 53 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
30/08/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall
GU Dear all
Thanks for that Malcolm, I have thoroughly reviewed their quotation, please find my comments: 1. I think they need to clarify clause 6.3 before we sign this document; and
2. They have motioned the three case scenarios (Healthy Cities, Healthy child, and another case which was not specified in the scoping day). Given the limited time of these meetings and the level
of attendance, I am not confident we can determine in 1-2 hrs what data items could be incorporated
in each scenario. Alternatively, and this is just a suggestion / thought, we could disseminate beforehand a form that would ask our target group members (LBHC board) to rate the different data
items to be included in phase 1. For example, tick 1 for (yes, this group of layers is "must to have"),
tick 2 (this group of layers could be included in phase 2), tick 3(this group of layers is not necessary at all). This way, board members could have the opportunity to get a better look into the data which
is available for them, and accordingly, give feedback and rate these items which are the most
important for their day-to-day work. I can prepare this form to be included in our next LBHC board meeting on the 9th.
Kindly let me know if you think this is useful?
Suggestion has been
made, to create the
information items survey,
54 Post
Intervention
Interact
ion
30/08/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm Wolski, Naveed
Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall
GU Hi All
I would agree with Ori regarding the scenarios - the discussion at the meeting was only tentative and suggested by Ian rather than by our partners. I think the difficulty with the scenarios is that they will
still require broad range of datasets, so we simply need a system that can manage a diverse dataset.
E
Elizabeth has noted
that the scenarios suggested in the
scoping report are
too broad
55 Post
Intervention
Interact
ion
6/09/2010 Teleconferenc
e call
Ori Gudes,
Malcolm Wolski, Naveed
Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Ben Simpson, Jens
Tampe
GU Decision-making meeting Decision has been
made to go solely with Spatial vision,
to conduct the
specifications and design phase
180
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 56 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
7/09/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Elizabeth
Kendall, Debbie Cowan, Leonie
Roney
GU, LBHC Hi Debbie
Can Ori have a short session on Thursday to get some rankings of information types from board
members (i.e.., what they really want to have access to in the first prototype of the HDSS). This will help us to refine the framework for the development of the interface.
They will be given the list of items groups (about 15) and will be asked to nominate how critical
each cluster is to their decision-making. It shouldn't take too long and could be combined with an update about the HDSS?
Thanks
E
Elizabeth has
suggested to include
the information items survey in the
LBHC board agenda
57 Post
Intervention
Interact
ion
8/09/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Elizabeth Kendall, Debbie
Cowan, Leonie
Roney and all LBHC board
members
GU, Hi All
As discussed in the Board meeting today please find attached the HDSS survey requiring your response.
The survey is to assist Ori in identifying the relevance/ urgency of including particular types of information in the Health Decision Support System i.e. what you really want to have access to in the
first prototype of the HDSS.
The information you provide will assist Ori to refine the framework for the development of the
interface.
Can you please complete the form and send to Ori via e-mail [email protected] by COB
Thursday, 23rd September.
Thanks
Leonie
The information
items survey has been disseminated
within the LBHC
board
181
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 58 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
15/09/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Elizabeth
Kendall, Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed
Khan
GU Hi Naveed
I have just talked with Scott about our next step - he has a colleague in Uni of Newcastle who has created interactive websites for GIS use and currently has a programmer working with him. Scott is
going to ring him for a chat.
I will send you all an update when Scott has any information
Regards E
59 Post Interventi
on
Interaction
15/09/2010 email Ori Gudes, Elizabeth
Kendall,
Malcolm Wolski, Naveed
Khan
GU Hi Naveed
I have just talked with Scott about our next step - he has a colleague in Uni of Newcastle who has
created interactive websites for GIS use and currently has a programmer working with him. Scott is going to ring him for a chat.
I will send you all an update when Scott has any information
Regards
E
More options for development phase
have been suggested
by Elizabeth
182
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 60 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
15/09/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Elizabeth
Kendall, Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed
Khan
GU Dear Colleagues
The more options we have in development phase, the merrier, particularly in terms of flexibility,
rates etc;
However, last week we have decided to go into the specifications phase which is earlier to the
development phase, this needs to be done, (regardless and conditionless to any future decisions of
who will literally develop the interface. Actually, it positions us in a very strong point where we have a lot of knowledge on what we want to achieve and how it should be developed in terms of
architecture, data, infrastructure and design etc; Also, this still gives an option to collaborate with
WA/ CRC-SI if we are convinced it is beneficial for us.
Regards Ori
61 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
15/09/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Elizabeth
Kendall,
Malcolm Wolski, Naveed
Khan
GU Hi
Ori is correct in that normally we would give the specification document to the programmer to
build. The main benefit of using Spatial Vision for this specification task is that they have already built a similar site so hopefully we would get a better specification (taking the learning from the first
site). Of course his might limit their creative thinking :). From other industry work for this task I
wouldn't consider their prices too high.
Scott - it would be useful to know what other skills the programmer at Newcastle e.g. experience &
analyst skills or is he/she just a coder. Is it the sort of person who is capable of programming from a specification or a junior. Malcolm
183
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 62 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
15/09/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Elizabeth
Kendall, Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed
Khan
GU Dear Elizabeth,
Do we wait to hear from Scott's contact first or shall we go ahead and ask Spatial Vision to start making arrangements to come here for the specification phase?
I'm mindful of the logistics involved in organising an appropriate time for consultations meetings with Spatial Vision. And it seems that we can start the specification phase whilst we continue to
explore other options for further development phase.
I'm happy to contact Spatial Vision and forward the contract related paperwork.
Please let me know.
Kind regards, Naveed
63 Post Interventi
on
Interaction
15/09/2010 email Ori Gudes, Elizabeth
Kendall,
Malcolm Wolski, Naveed
Khan
GU Hi Naveed Ori mentioned that Ian at SV needs official approval to go ahead with the next step. Are you OK to
give him that approval? We said you would be the link for us, so should probably stick to that.
Regards E
Decision has been made, Elizabeth has
officially approved
to approach SV and proceed with
Specifications phase
184
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 64 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
20/09/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Elizabeth
Kendall, Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed
Khan, Ian Miller, Ishara
Kotiah
GU, SV
Dear Ian and Ishara,
I understand that Spatial Vision provided a Proposal (attached above) outlining the Specification
phase of HDSS. This was sent to Malcolm on 31st Aug 2010.
My understanding is that the 'Specification Report' will help to:
1) build an application from scratch based on our requirements, and 2) compare its functionality against Health Tracks application
My understanding is that this Specification quote excludes adoption of Health Tracks as a complete code base for development of HDSS application.
The University approves the proposal. Please find attached the Services Agreement for your review.
Could you please fill in empty fields (e.g. Project commencement date, completion date) and if all is
ok, send back two signed copies (via mail) to the address below.
Naveed I. Khan, PhD
Business Development Associate - Health Griffith Enterprise
Bray Centre (N54), Rm 1.06
Nathan Campus, Griffith University Brisbane, QLD 4111, Australia
I will organise counter signatures and forward one copy back to Spatial Vision.
Please feel free to contact me if you have any questions.
Kind regards, Naveed
Official engagement
with SV regarding
specifications phase
185
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 65 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
22/09/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Elizabeth
Kendall, Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed
Khan, Ian Miller, Ishara
Kotiah
GU, SV Dear Ian,
We can confirm the Wed 13th Oct as project commencement date and associated timeline.
I look forward to the Services Agreement.
Ori will be in touch with you draft agenda for the meeting.
Kind regards,
Decision has been
made regarding the
day of specifications meeting to be held
186
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 66 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
27/09/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Elizabeth
Kendall, Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed
Khan, Ian Miller, Ishara
Kotiah
GU, SV Ori,
Yes, the consultation is set for the 13th, 10:00 AM to 4:00 PM.
Note that I am very concerned about your statement that none of the
scenarios covered in the scoping document are relevant any more. This next stage of detailed specification is based on the scoping document
and we will not be re-scoping the application as part of this process.
We need to get down to details immediately and we cannot afford to spend the day back at the start, trying to work out what this application is
about.
By the end of the week, we will send up a more detailed agenda for the
consultation day, including a form for participants to specify in more
detail the scenarios, including the map data layers they believe are required to demonstrate their scenarios. Prior to the 13th, you will
need to ensure that if the originally identified scenarios are no longer
relevant, those three scenarios are selected and their details documented.
Regards
Ian Miller
Ian has noted his
concerns about the
scenarios of the HDSS specifications
phase
187
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 67 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
28/09/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Elizabeth
Kendall, Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed
Khan, Ian Miller, Ishara
Kotiah
GU, SV Dear Ian
Both sides agree that the purpose of the specifications' stage is to move into details, which is vital for developing the HDSS prototype. No re-scoping is required and all the HDSS stakeholders
understand its purpose. However, both I and Elizabeth have noted that the scenarios which have
motioned are too broad. For instance, the Healthy Cities scenario (according to the literature) could contain the whole layers in our framework. Yet, we did not specify these scenarios in the scoping
day (in terms of what data each scenario contains), so that is changeable. As a result, and given that
it may be impossible to include all layers in the HDSS prototype, we have recognised that a subset of layers must be selected from the overall available dataset. Consequently, we have disseminated
the enclosed HDSS Information items form (2 weeks ago). Thus, our future HDSS end-users (i.e.
LBHC board members) have prioritised their informational needs, based on their own preferences and day-to-day requirements. Therefore, now we have a great and updated feedback from the
LBHC. This, in turn, help us narrowing-down and deciding what information items and layers
should be included in the HDSS prototype.
In sum, to my view, it does not really matter if you wrap this under this term or another (e.g.
Healthy Cities scenario or Chronic Diseases scenario etc), the most important thing is that these scenarios are addressing our end-users needs and providing their required evidence (much
specified). Overall, I believe we have managed to collect new feedback from our LBHC end-users
which will be very helpful, beneficial and useful for our specifications phase.
I hope that this time I have managed to explain my self clearly?
Best regards and many thanks for your feedback Ori
P.S
Ian, kindly let me know if you prefer to talk about it by phone?, as emails are (sometimes)
interpreted Incorrectly.
Ori has suggested
practical solution
for addressing Ian concerns
188
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 68 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
4/10/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Elizabeth
Kendall, Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed
Khan, Ian Miller, Ishara
Kotiah
GU, SV Ori,
Please find attached an agenda for our visit next Wednesday 13th.
Also attached is a questionnaire which aims to gather more detailed information about the three
specific scenarios to be supported by the prototype. This document includes a worked example to show the level of detail we are after and uses your data breakdown as the basis of the suggested data
question. We have allowed time to work through these scenarios on the day but it is preferable if
you can have filled out most or all of the details for three scenarios.
I understand that you believe the two scenarios documented in the scoping report are no longer
appropriate. If this is the case, it is critical that you decide on the appropriate scenarios and complete the details required before the consultation day, as we cannot afford the time to revisit the
selection of scenarios on the day – we need to get down to details of what is required in the
prototype to support them.
If you have any questions, please get back to Ishara or myself.
189
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 69 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
5/10/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Elizabeth
Kendall
GU Dear Elizabeth
Please view Ian's email, "I had to get out of my PhD cave" ((-; for this.
Also, I am attaching the preliminary findings from the information items questionnaire. At this
stage, I think Griffith University see this differently from Spatial-Vision. So, before I am addressing
his email, I thought it would be a better idea if I ask your advice. Literally, what I suggest is to include the layers which have been selected in the information items questionnaire, as it reflects
LBHC board members views. However, in case Ian states that this is still too much for the HDSS
prototype, we may decide to pick a subset of layers from this reduced package, by discussing this on the specifications day. Generally, the scenarios approach is very good approach (and I support this),
I just don't see this happen in the required thoroughness in this meetings. For this reason, I have
disseminated the Information items questionnaire within the LBHC board members.
Thanks Ori
Ori and Elizabeth,
has suggested to
conduct a teleconference with
Ian (regarding the
scenarios)
70 Post
Interventi
on
8/10/2010 Teleconferenc
e call
Ori Gudes,
Elizabeth
Kendall, Ian Miller, Ishara
Kotiah
GU, SV It was endorsed to
prepare a list of
workflows for the HDSS meeting on
the 13th, in addition
to including maximum GIS
layers (based on the
findings from the information items
survey) for
addressing different needs in the LBHC
190
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 71 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
8/10/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Elizabeth
Kendall
GU Dear Elizabeth
Thanks for the conference telephone call today, I think it was important for bother sides.
Kindly view their example, I shall create a similar list of proposed critical work flows (like this one)
and we may amend it on Tuesday? In addition, we make sure we have max GIS layers (based on our survey results).
Thus, the hybrid approach may address variety of LBHC needs.
Regards Ori
191
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 72 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
8/10/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Elizabeth
Kendall
GU Elizabeth wrote:
Ori, the data you have clusters into groups:
Population Factors (demographics, SES etc.)
Environmental Factors (built environment/natural environment) Health Services (facilities, programs, services)
Community Services (organisations and community groups/resources)
and Health Outcomes (disease, mortality, health service usage etc.)
I think these clusters form the basis of the scenarios - i.e., predicting Health Outcomes from the other four clusters - different people on the board will be interested in different clusters.
For smart users, we need access to all layers in line with the broad Northridge model so they can map anything they want
Then we need the opportunity for them to select a combination of variables from within each cluster to compare with health outcomes (i.e., health outcomes can be the reference point - i.e., the standard
layers - and then we add their choice of layers)
Finally, we need some pre-established equations/indices/algorithms that allow us to explore
interesting combinations (the focus of these algorithms should be things that give us an analysis of
"access" to something in each level or a multi-variant outcome indicator etc.
Talk to you next week.
E
The primary
outcome of this
correspondence, has supported to finalise
the layers list for the
HDSS as well as points and
principles for
further discussion in the specifications
phase
192
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 73 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
8/10/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Elizabeth
Kendall, Naomi Sunderland,
Debbie Cowan,
Steven Keks
GU, LBHC Dear Debbie, Steve, and Elizabeth
I have been approached by a talented GIS practitioner Joyce Lee who is seeking to do a PhD in the area of GIS for community health and wellbeing. She was directed toward us by Natalie Kent's
current student intern.
I have met with Joyce and Ori has provided her with documentation on the existing HDSS. Ori and I
see a great opportunity to work with Joyce to lead Phase II of the HDSS roll out in the Coalition and
participating organisations and networks. Joyce has spent the past two years teaching planners how to use GIS systems and doing modelling using GIS data. She has an excellent grade point average
(see CV attached).
I have asked Elizabeth if there is any way the Centre can support a PhD scholarship for Joyce that
would provide us with three years full time 'employment' on the project with a PhD resulting at the
end of the term. The total cost of a scholarship of this kind is $30K per year x 3 years total $90K. Elizabeth indicated she could cover $10K per year for three years from existing centre funds. I
wonder if Council and LBHC are interested in discussing a potential three part partnership around
this project/position to cover the remaining $20/yr required. Perhaps we could also ask Virginia if she feels that SRSS would be interested as well. An ideal outcome would be that the PhD student
would spend time in partner organisations across the LBHC and return to Griffith for direct research
tasks and supervision.
This could be a chance to cover off a few things:
• Transition from Ori's PhD on design and pilot implementation of HDSS with Board to broader implementation across the LBHC. A new staff member will allow Ori to focus on writing up and
submitting his PhD thesis in 2011.
• Updating new census and other figures due out next year. • Developing link between HDSS and more public access Digital Town Square (DTS) access to
data.
• Developing ways to collaboratively continue to update local data via DTS from multiple local sources e.g. Ben soc, CfC, Beaucare, etc.
• High quality handover of the HDSS system and supervision from Ori for at least 12 months.
There is no particular start date or due date required for PhD scholarships though we would try to
get her started early in 2011. All signs are excellent that Joyce would make a valuable addition to
the team. We would undertake a formal interview with Joyce prior to offering her the scholarship
though.
Any thoughts you all have on this opportunity would be very welcome.
best wishes
Naomi
Naomi has
suggested new
(GIS) PhD student for implementation
of HDSS phase 2
193
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 74 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
13/10/2010 Meeting Ori Gudes,
Naomi
Sunderland, Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed
Khan, Elizabeth Kendall, Natalie
Kent, Steven
Keks, Jens Tampe, Ian
Miller,Ishara
Kotiah
GU, LBHC It was decided to
pick 3 workflows
and a reduced amount of layers has
been defined. SV
will send the specifications report
for feedback in two
weeks time
75 Post Interventi
on
Interaction
15/10/2010 email Ori Gudes, Naomi
Sunderland,
Malcolm Wolski, Naveed
Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Natalie Kent, Steven
Keks, Jens Tampe, Ian
Miller,Ishara
Kotiah
GU, LBHC Dear HDSS colleagues
Thank you for attending in the HDSS specifications meeting last Wednesday, your time, effort and feedback are valuable and greatly appreciated. It was very productive
discussion and we have managed to define the scope of GIS layers, functionality and 3 workflows
(addressing 3 types of health problems) required in the HDSS (phase 1). Next, I shall forward you the HDSS specifications report (draft 1) by early November. Consequently, we would ask your
feedback before wrapping this document (mid November) and moving into development phase.
Best regards Ori
76 Post
Intervention
Interact
ion
1/11/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Naomi Sunderland,
Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed Khan, Elizabeth
Kendall, Natalie
Kent, Steven Keks, Jens
Tampe, Ian
Miller,Ishara Kotiah
GU, LBHC Dear HDSS colleagues
Kindly find the enclosed HDSS specifications document with my comments and suggestions
(incorporated as track changes), I would greatly appreciate if you can provide some additional
feedback until the 09/11/2010.
Best regards Ori
Request for
feedback (regarding the HDSS
specifications
report) has been sent
194
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 77 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
2/11/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Naomi
Sunderland, Malcolm
Wolski, Naveed
Khan, Elizabeth Kendall, Natalie
Kent, Steven
Keks, Jens Tampe, Ian
Miller,Ishara
Kotiah
GU, LBHC
78 Post Interventi
on
Interaction
9/11/2010 email Ori Gudes, Malcolm
Wolski,
Elizabeth Kendall,
Michael
Asnicar
GU, LBHC Ori,
I agree that the scenario relating to indigenous groups was mentioned last time. The 'proximity
analysis' (s3.3.3) I think is new, so were there going to be 4 scenarios, not 3?
Support other comments.
Re 6.1, I envisage the reference to 105 (as corrected) spatial layers only relates to the pilot (?). I
thought that the earlier HDSS information items form collated by GU following stakeholder feedback suggested at a possible wider scope (which would be further expanded again in future).
Regards
Steve
195
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 79 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
9/11/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Elizabeth
Kendall,
Michael Asnicar
GU, LBHC Thanks Steve
Your feedback is important,
1) Yes, we will have now 4 scenarios;
2) Yes, we have almost 200 GIS layers (under the HDSS framework) but we had to reduce the number to address specifications requirements and the scope of the pilot.
However, I am expecting that phase 2 of the HDSS will include more layers, this is subject to further discussion (i.e. HDSS phase 2) early next year- Feb 2011?
Regards Ori
80 Post Interventi
on
Interaction
9/11/2010 email Ori Gudes, Malcolm
Wolski,
Elizabeth Kendall,
GU, LBHC Hi Ori Thanks for this document - it looks great. I don't have the expertise to provide comment on all
sections, but have commented where I can. Give me a buzz if you want to talk through any of it.
cheers
Deb
Feedback has include in the
revised
specifications draft
81 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
9/11/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Elizabeth
Kendall,
GU, LBHC Hey Ori,
I have been off work the last few days with the flu so sorry for the delay. Is it too late to submit my
feedback? Will have to look at it this afternoon. Natalie
82 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
10/11/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Elizabeth
Kendall, Debbie
Cowan
GU, LBHC I was hoping you weren't going to ask me that question. I will have to think this through a bit more
and get back to you, but it might be something along the lines of:
'what is the correlation between unemployment and chronic disease by location. or What is the correlation between 'green space' and injury or
walkability factors in relation to chronic disease
I have a meeting with Peter McKeown (Health Promotion) next week, so will get back to you after
that if you can wait that long.
196
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 83 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
11/11/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Elizabeth
Kendall, Debbie
Cowan
GU, LBHC That's fine, we always can construct new GIS layers based on different
measurements and update the framework / HDDS accordingly. So, this
dialogue is valuable for the LBHC and the HDSS.
Regards Ori
84 Post
Intervention
Interact
ion
12/11/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm Wolski,
Elizabeth
Kendall, Debbie Cowan, Natalie
Kent
GU, LBHC Sorry Ori, I am still off sick from work. I have had a very quick flick through the spec and for the
sake of moving forward, it looks all good to me. I will have a more detailed look when I am back on deck.
Sorry again for the delay.
Bet you're getting excited now!
85 Post Interventi
on
Interaction
12/11/2011 email Ori Gudes, Malcolm
Wolski,
Elizabeth Kendall, Debbie
Cowan, Natalie
Kent
GU, LBHC Hi Ishara
Another important comment is, adding a form where end-users can send their comment / feedback
to the HDSS admin person's email (myself at phase 1) regarding data set issues, updates or any other requirements from the HDSS etc
Regards Ori
86 Post Interventi
on
Interaction
12/11/2011 email Ori Gudes, Malcolm
Wolski,
Elizabeth Kendall, Debbie
Cowan, Natalie
Kent
GU, LBHC Sorry - I've been away and offline using an iPhone for email most of the time.
I had a read through and it all looked okay. I think someone from my team has been talking to
Ishara about some of the IT stuff.
197
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 87 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
22/11/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Julian Gibson
GU Hi,
Can we check with the vendor the need for use of the VPN by clients?
Our preference is to use SSL/HTTPS connections and local accounts on the web server.
If VPN is required, can it only be for a sub-set of power users?
We have checked with our networking section and they are happy to open the network ports required by the server.
If any further clarification is required, I am happy for the vendor to contact me.
Thanks
Julian
198
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 88 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
23/11/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Julian Gibson
GU Ori,
Ishara is out of the office for a few days on training. I am in a meeting all morning but will be at my
desk this afternoon if you would like to ring and discuss where you‘re at regarding the project.
Regarding Julian‘s query, VPN access is not a requirement of ours. It was suggested by Griffith
Uni staff as potentially being the easiest way to provide external HDSS users with access to the
application, since they were unsure as to the possibility of opening up firewall ports, implementing SSL etc. We were happy to go along with this approach.
We have no problems with direct external access via HTTPS, assuming that GU IT staff take care of
the firewall issues and obtain and deploy the SSL certificate to the IIS web server. There is little difference at an application level in being accessed via a VPN or via HTTPS.
Regards
Ian Miller
199
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 89 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
23/11/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Elizabeth
Kendall,
Naveed Khan
GU, SI Dear Ian
Is there a problem with the numbers of table 3?
Regardless of that, kindly exclude section 26 (time slider, -3000$). From the additional table (i.e.
Additional requirements table) please include the following sections: 34 (print jpg +3000$), section 38 (identify +2000$) and section 40. According to our calculation, by reducing the specifications
and deign section (which was already conducted), it makes 40,500$ in total (does that make sense?).
Also, could you revise the table and send a final updated report, so Naveed will be able to process the signatures etc (by the next few days or so?)
Best regards Ori
90 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
23/11/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Elizabeth
Kendall,
Naveed Khan
GU
Hi
I rang Ian to advise him about finance cut-off dates etc. He said it was fine as that is usually what
his Govt clients do also. He'll work it so as not to expect any payments until after mid-January.
He said the way forward would be for us to sign off on the specification document and then attach
that to a contract the same as the one we have already used (from Griffith Enterprise I assume).
When the contract is signed orders raised and work begins.
Malcolm Wolski
91 Post Interventi
on
Interaction
23/11/2010 email Ori Gudes, Malcolm
Wolski,
Elizabeth
Kendall,
Naveed Khan
GU Hi Malcolm I have a surplus this year, so we could pay in advance and that would suit me. What do you think?
E
200
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 92 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
24/11/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Elizabeth
Kendall,
Naveed Khan
GU Elizabeth
I was thinking if we could turnaround the contract and raise the order this year it basically shows up in the finance system that you have committed the funds (i.e. you are waiting for delivery of the
goods to pay the invoice).
It depends on how your Group works. In INS if we commit funds at the end of the year it is
understood that money is carried forward into the following year to pay for those commitments (i.e.
payment doesn't come out of next year budget :)
Depending on how much you have you could always split the risk - pay half up front (i.e. get them
to invoice you for 50%) from this year's money and half on delivery. You would still raise an order for the total but get them to invoice you for a percentage upfront payment. The unpaid half of the
order is the bit you carry forward as a commitment into 2011 and argue with your Group about
rolling unspent funds over into 2011 to cover the invoice you are expecting in Jan :)
I think Spatial Vision are trustworthy but then an auditor may disagree with us :).
201
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 93 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
24/11/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Elizabeth
Kendall,
Naveed Khan
GU Ori,
It may be, if testing goes smoothly and quickly. At this stage however, we are not able to guarantee
this and will need to work to the schedule in the updated document.
If all goes quickly and well, we‘ll be happy to deliver into production ahead of schedule.
Regards
Ian Miller
94 Post Interventi
on
Interaction
24/11/2010 email Ori Gudes, Malcolm
Wolski,
Elizabeth Kendall,
Naveed Khan,
Ian Miller
GU, SV Thank you Ian.
Dear Ori and Malcolm, when the final revised document is signed off from your side could you
please forward to me. I will attach the new contract to the document and forward to Spatial Vision.
Thank you.
202
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 95 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
24/11/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Elizabeth
Kendall,
Naveed Khan, Ian Miller
GU, SV Ori,
Yes, your figures match my calculations. I‘ll get a revised version of the doc to you by midday
tomorrow.
Regards
Ian Miller
96 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
22/11/2010 Meeting Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Elizabeth
Kendall,
Naveed Khan, Ian Miller
GU development phase consultation Decision has been
made to continue to
the development phase
203
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 97 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
26/11/2006 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Elizabeth
Kendall,
Naveed Khan, Ian Miller
GU Dear Ian,
Thank you for the updated version.
I will be follow up with you next week regarding the contract. In the meantime I will confirm with
everyone that they are happy with the changes and agree to the final draft.
Kind regards,
Dr. Naveed Khan
204
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 98 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
2/12/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Elizabeth
Kendall,
Naveed Khan, Ian Miller
GU Ori
Hope you are well.
On the assumption that we will proceed with the HDSS development, I wish to address a few items:
1. Can you please let me know when you will be on leave? Just so that I am aware of when you
will be available and can plan accordingly.
2. Would you be able to provide all the data as well as an MXD containing the layers you wish
to publish in ArcGIS Server? Please note that the MXD must be set up with a single group layer hierarchy; scale threshold and field aliases and visibility should also be set up in the MXD.
3. I assume that you have created composite layers for Scenario 2 and will send them with the data supply.
4. Can you also please provide a combined facilities layer for Public Hospitals, GP Clinics and Chronic Disease Centres. Please ensure that the name of the facility is stored in one field as the
search function will only search through a single field.
Many thanks,
Ishara Kotiah
205
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 99 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
2/12/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Elizabeth
Kendall,
Naveed Khan, Ian Miller
GU,SV Dear Ishara
Thanks for your email, I know that Naveed has been working on the contract for the development phase, so hopefully he will update us in the next few days (or so).
As for the technical GIS tasks, I have made a list of GIS tasks which need to be completed before the 30/12/2010, the day I am heading overseas (coming back after the 7/2/2011).
However, It would be easier to discuss it on the phone?
Regards O
100 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
3/12/2010 email Ori Gudes, Ian
Miller
GU,SV Ori
As documented in the Final Specification, metadata will be accessible from the Help Screen and
read from an HTML file that you will be able to edit.
Ishara
206
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 101 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
6/12/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Elizabeth
Kendall,
Naveed Khan, Ian Miller
GU Dear Ian,
Please find attached above the draft contract for your review. Could you please confirm the details (start and finish date), sign and send two hard copies back to my office for counter signature.
I will return your copy via post.
Please feel free to contact me if there are any questions.
Regards,
102 Post
Intervention
Interact
ion
6/12/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm Wolski,
Elizabeth
Kendall, Naveed Khan,
Ian Miller
GU, SV Naveed,
Contract looks fine – I have signed and mailed 2 copies to you.
Regards
103 Post
Intervention
Interact
ion
6/12/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm Wolski,
Elizabeth
Kendall, Naveed Khan,
Ian Miller
GU Dear Naveed
Thank you for progressing this, I and Ishara will be focused now upon finalising the pre-GIS tasks
before x-mass time,
Best regards Ori
207
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 104 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
8/12/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Elizabeth
Kendall,
Naveed Khan, Ian Miller
GU Dear Ian,
Thank you for sending the partially signed contract.
I'm organising signature from the University and will return your fully executed copy to you as soon
as it is ready.
Regards,
Dr. Naveed Khan
105 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
10/12/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Ishara Kotiah
GU, SV Ori
The combined layer is a merged layer from the GP Clinics, Public Hospitals and ―Chronic Disease
centres‖ into one layer and the name of each in a single field .
Ishara
208
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 106 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
10/12/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Ishara Kotiah
GU, SV Ori
Great to hear almost everything is ready!
Yes, please if you could have two fields in the layer:
1. Name of facility (eg. Logan Hospital, Clinic AAA)
2. Type of facility (eg. Public Hospital, GP Clinic)
Thanks,
Ishara
209
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 107 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
11/12/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Natalie Kent, Naomi
Sunderland,
Debbie Cowan
GU,LBHC Dear LBHC members
It gives me a great pleasure to update you, that after more than 2 years of GIS data collection, consultations and collaborations, we are about to commence the development of the HDSS
prototype.
In the last few months we have met several times. These meetings were used to collect important
information, feedback and insights, which, in turn, made this a fruitful, insightful dialogue.
Amongst the discussed topics were GIS information items, functionality and workflows (health scenarios). Subsequently, during this process your feedback has been documented, synthesised and
accordingly incorporated into the HDSS prototype. Thus, it is expected that by early next year
(March 2011) the HDSS prototype will be deployed. Accordingly, I shall coordinate one-on-one sessions with all LBHC board members, to deliver information sessions and basic training (Leonie
will help coordinate these meetings early next year).
I would also like to use this opportunity to thank you for your invaluable effort, support, feedback
and time that you have invested in this long process, and you will all have a part in the future
success of this project.
Happy X-mass
Regards Ori
108 Post Interventi
on
Interaction
15/12/2010 email Ori Gudes, Malcolm
Wolski,
Elizabeth Kendall,
Naveed Khan,
Ian Miller
GU,SV Hi Ian
Could you explain us what is the invoice which has been posted to us?
210
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 109 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
15/12/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Elizabeth
Kendall,
Naveed Khan, Ian Miller
GU,SV Ori,
This is the second and final invoice from the specification project, due once the specification was
accepted.
As per the contract signed between us for this work, the total cost was $12,000 plus GST,
comprising two invoices; $10,000 plus GST on delivery of the draft specification document and
$2,000 plus GST on acceptance of the final specification.
Please get back to me if you have any concerns about this.
Regards
Ian Miller
211
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 110 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
15/12/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Elizabeth
Kendall,
Naveed Khan, Ian Miller
GU,SV
Dear All,
The price was always 12K. (see page 7 on the pdf and see schedules of the Services Agreement)
Two instalments - 10K and 2K on final report.
I think you guys kept the 10K figure in mind and may have forgotten about the second instalment.
Hope this clarifies.
Regards,
__________
111 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
15/12/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski,
Elizabeth
Kendall, Naveed Khan,
Ian Miller
GU,SV elizabeth kendall ✆
to me, Naveed
show details 13:15 (22 hours ago)
Hi Naveed
Please see below from Ian. Do you recall that we were to pay $12K for the specification - my
understanding was $10K. This means we have already paid $5K, $10K and $2K plus everything else in the invoice. I just need
to budget for the total amount, so if it keeps growing, we won't be able to afford it.
THanks E
212
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 112 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
16/12/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Elizabeth
Kendall,
Naveed Khan, Ian Miller
GU,SV Dear Ishara
Next week is my last working days until 07/02/2011, so please let me know if there are any additional or adjustments requests from your side, which need to be undertaken before x-mass time?
Regardless to that, I have backup the data, so will have an access to the data from overseas too.
Regards Ori
113 Post
Intervention
Interact
ion
17/12/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm Wolski,
Elizabeth
Kendall, Naveed Khan,
Ian Miller
GU,SV Ori
I have unpacked the data and now have the following queries:
1. I can‘t find a suburbs layer, which we need to undertake queries and Scenarios 1, 2 & 3.
2. Do you wish for me to use the network geodatabase that you sent previously for the drive time analysis?
3. I recall you saying that you didn‘t use the term ―Chronic Disease Centres‖. Can you please advise what the equivalent layer is?
Otherwise, the data looks good and ready for incorporation into the ArcGIS Server components now.
Best regards, Ishara
213
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 114 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
17/12/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Elizabeth
Kendall,
Naveed Khan, Ian Miller
GU,SV Dear Ishara
These are fantastic news,
1) Yes, use our SLAs layer as an equivalent layer
2) Yes, use my networking model 3) Use, the GPs layer instead (as this is the place where they will initially go before heading to a
more specific clinic etc)
Regards Ori
115 Post
Intervention
Interact
ion
21/12/2010 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm Wolski,
Elizabeth
Kendall, Naveed Khan,
Ian Miller
GU,SV Hi All
As you may be aware Ori Gudes is planning to meet with you all individually in March to provide
you with an update and basic training for the HDSS.
I am assisting Ori with coordinating these sessions, and in order to do so I require your meeting
availability for 1-2 hours during 1st - 14th March 2011.
Thanks
Leonie
Leonie Roney
214
Chapter 9: Appendices
Item Phase Stage date Method of
Interactio
n
Participants Affiliation Content Decision has
been made in
response to the
interaction or
comment 116 Post
Interventi
on
Interact
ion
7/02/2011 email Ori Gudes,
Malcolm
Wolski, Elizabeth
Kendall,
Naveed Khan, Naomi
Sunderland
GU,SV Dear Colleagues
It is very exciting days, at the moment we are testing the HDSS beta site, It would be very useful if you can deliver some of your own feedback until next Tuesday?
For instance, the GP's layer background is not shown clearly, SLAs boundary layer is masking other layers, the title should be HDSS etc
http://203.21.120.58/HDSS/HDSSViewer/index.html
Regards Ori
117 Post
Intervention
Triallin
g
14/02/2011 Trialling stage, email were sent to collect feedback and report of correction has been prepared
118 Post
Intervention
Triallin
g
22/02/2011 meeting Ori Gudes,
Malcolm Wolski, Jon
Shuker
Technical meeting to discuss of the HDSS will be maintained A decision was
made that Griffith University will
support and main
the system in the trialling period
215
Chapter 9:
* GU = Griffith University
* EYI = Early years advisory group
* SV = Spatial Vision
* LBHC = Logan Beaudesert Health Collation
* QH= Queensland Health
* WADOH= Western Australia Department of Health
* CRC-SI= Cooperative Research Centre for Spatial Information